Transcripts
1. Course Overview: This course, you're
going to learn how to grow your own
YouTube channel, whether it's a personal channel or one that you're
running for a business or brand that you started
or that you work for. I'm so excited to have
you here. So welcome. We're going to start
with what this course is and what it's not. While you may want
to be the next Mr. Beast or Mark Rober or fill in the blank with
your favorite YouTuber. This is a course geared
towards smaller creators, ones that are starting out
from scratch on YouTube, or if you have a small channel, be growing a little
slower and you're looking for ways to help grow faster. We are going to learn from
the top YouTubers out there, and we're going to extract and take their best strategies. We're going to take those
practical strategies and be able to use them ourself. I'm also going to show you how I've created a successful
YouTube channel myself. On the side. YouTube is
not my full time business, it's not my full focus, but it's a major
part of what I do, and it has helped me
to grow my business to earning over seven figures in revenue for the past
five plus years, to growing a community of tens and hundreds of thousands of subscribers and followers, not just on YouTube, but also in my own Facebook groups and own personal
communities as well. What are you going to
learn in this class? We start this course with a
strategy tailored to you. We look a lot at understanding
what works on YouTube and how you can replicate it before we go into all of
the technical stuff. Yes, we're going to cover
gear and things like that that you want and need to know as a creator.
We're going to go into YouTube and show
you YouTube studio, how to upload videos, all of those things that if you haven't touched
YouTube before, we'll show you that, but
that's later in the course. It's more important
to understand your ultimate strategy first. A quick note, make sure you
download the course workbook. That's going to be in the
next lesson of the class. It includes top
tips from lessons, includes the slides from
most of the course. It also includes
action items and links to videos that I
share in this course, so that you can see examples of the way I'm talking about. Before I let you go, I want to share the best tips from some of the biggest and top
YouTubers out there right now.
2. Top Tips from the Best YouTubers in the World: Of course, I could try to teach you this course on my own, but I think it's best
to include some advice from people who are way
more successful than I am. Starting out with Mr. Best, his best advice for people starting out from scratch is to know that your first videos aren't going to get
a lot of views. This is true for you, for me, unless you have an
outside audience in terms of a social
media presence, an e mail list, a community, where you can drive traffic
to your first video. You're not going to
get a lot of views, and it's important to understand
that and not feel down when you're putting
out your first videos and not getting a
lot of traction. Ali Abdala has a
couple of good tips. One is, don't worry
about what people think. If you're starting a
channel, you might feel a little
hesitant about like, what is your family
going to think? What are your friends
going to think? What about your co workers? The truth is most
of those people are never going to
see your videos. His second tip is
people are paying for your video with their
time. So make it worth it. People aren't paying
you directly, monetarily to watch your video, which is what we
do when we go to the movie theaters or what we do when we go to a sporting event. We're paying money
to consume content. With YouTube, it's strictly
a time based transaction, so you have to make
it worth it to them. If it's not worth their time, then they're just not
going to worth, watch it. Our next tip comes
from Casey Neistat, the Godfather of YouTube. Truly understand your
why, why YouTube. Why not another platform. It's why this topic. Pared to another one.
Why this specific video? It's going to be a guiding light throughout everything you do. And his second tip
is to have patience, which similar to Mr. Best. You're not going to blow
up overnight, most likely. This does happen, and now is a great time to be on
YouTube for new creators. I'll talk about that more
in the next video lesson, but just remember to have patience while you
start your channel. A newer creator who's blown up over the past few
years is Jenny Hoyos, and she has three tips. One is experiment, experiment with different
types of videos, different formats
with YouTube shorts, Long form, different topics,
everything like that. And along with that,
quantity makes quality. So YouTube is no longer
a place where just putting out a ton of videos
is going to lead to success. High quality video
is the answer. And I don't mean high
quality in terms of expensive camera gear and cinematic shots or a
crazy ton of editing. It just means that
you're putting out something that sounds good, looks good, but more
importantly is interesting. And a lot of that comes from experimenting
and putting out a larger quantity of work so that you can figure
out what works. So the tip is just
put out as much as possible for the sake
of putting out content, but put out a lot of content, play around with it so
you can see what works. Through quantity, you'll
find your quality stuff. And then a very practical
tip is every second counts, especially for
short form videos. She demonstrated this by showing a video that
she posted a short, where the audience retention, it dropped off for the last
few seconds of the video. And it wasn't getting a lot
of views compared to some of her other videos that went viral and got millions of views. She cut off the last seconds of that video so that the
audience retention lasted the entire
video and didn't drop off on those
boring last seconds. The engagement increased.
So it was now, like, 100% watch
rate, basically. And YouTube saw that and then
started to push that video, and it went viral after that. Every second can count
in your video and can make or break whether
a video goes viral or not. John Canal from Think Media
has a couple of good tips. One is Start Massy,
try, don't overthink. Don't worry about the quality of it necessarily and just
play around with it. You're going to learn as
you put it out there. Hi second tip is
to look to see if a specific video topic is getting more views
than subscriber count. Do a search on YouTube
for that topic. Look at the top videos or the latest videos,
and see, Okay, are these videos
getting more views than the subscriber
count of the creator? Because if it's less than
the subscriber count, it tells you that the
only people watching this are most likely the
subscribers of the creator, and YouTube is not pushing
this out to other viewers. However, if there's a
video with you know, 10,000 views, but only 500
subscribers to the channel? That tells you that YouTube
is pushing that topic? That video topic or
that channel topic. And that's a good way to
determine if your channel topic, your Niche is a good one. And then the last tip comes
from YouTube H Q itself. It's Don't think
algorithm, think audience. Of course, we're wondering what goes into the
algorithm of YouTube. How can we get our videos
in front of more P does one video go viral
versus another one? It's so much more
important to think about creating a video
for your audience, for a person watching
it and not just trying to finagle it to
fit some algorithm thing. There are channels
that start video slow. They don't have a really interesting
hook at the beginning. They're long format. It doesn't have super fast editing or B role or
things like that. There are videos that
succeed in that way, and that's because
they're created for the audience that
likes that type of video. In the next video lesson, I'm going to break
down a blueprint for success for YouTubers right now. So we're going to go
over everything that's most important to starting and growing a YouTube
channel right now. So head over to that video
and we'll see you there.
3. A Blueprint for YouTube Success: This is the most important
lesson of the course. If there's only one video that you watch,
make it this one. This is the YouTube blueprint, how to succeed on
YouTube right now. We're going to start
with a few myths that I want to dispel
before we even get started. Myth number one is, I need expensive camera gear to
make great YouTube videos. This just not true. Not only is camera equipment cheaper and
more accessible than ever with iPhones and cheap cameras that you can
make high quality videos, but there are new tools like
AI tools that help us make that not super amazing
quality camera or video, look and sound even
better than ever. Adobe podcast and the
new Adobe sound enhancer is just one of them that can take bad audio and
make it sound like it's recorded in a professional
podcasting environment. And these tools are only
going to get better. But it comes back to so much more than just
the equipment. Mth number two is, I need a
huge audience to succeed. Goes back to what do you
determine successes? Is success having a certain
number of subscribers? Will you feel successful
if you have 100,000 subscribers or 1
million subscribers or 10 million subscribers? And what does that even mean if you have those subscribers? I think success on YouTube
could be different. It could be can I make
enough income from my YouTube channel to be able
to create YouTube content? Can I make it my job? You can do that with many, many, fewer subscribers than
1 million or 100,000. For me, my success on YouTube
is not about a number of subscribers or revenue that
I make directly on YouTube, but it helping me grow my
other business and driving some traffic and some revenue
to my outside business. The next myth is, I need to make three or more videos per
week. Not true at all. In some cases, putting out more content when you're
starting out is important. YouTube is going to like
if you're putting out weekly or maybe even one
or two videos per week. We're going to see
channels in this course that obviously don't follow this now and maybe never have. I don't want you to feel like
you need to be putting out three or more videos a week
or even one video a week. To be successful on YouTube. You can do it with less
because I want YouTube to be something that's
not stressful to you and not a burden. I want you to feel like creating YouTube videos is
fun and sustainable. The next and last myth is that it's too late to
start on YouTube. There's channels for
every topic out there, and no one's going to watch my videos because
it's too crowded. People have been
saying this for years, and the fact is right
now is actually a better time than ever to
start a YouTube channel. And it's specifically because YouTube has changed
the algorithm so that smaller YouTube
channels are pushed to an outside audience
more than before. You've probably seen this
on your own YouTube feed, where you'll see videos
that you're interested in. It's a topic that you've
watched other creators on. But it's this brand new channel that is getting thousands
and thousands of views, but they have very
few subscribers, and that's because of
this algorithm change. And YouTube wants to put new channels in front of
new people so that it can continue to grow and attract new followers and get people more engaged in the platform. So no, it's not too late
to start on YouTube. Now that we've
dispelled those myths, I want to cover a
shortcut to success. There are two main things, understanding your y and understanding YouTube's
business model that will propel you to having a more successful YouTube
channel faster than ever. First is what is your y. This goes back to what is your
unique value proposition? This is what sets you apart and is the reason that someone decides to watch your video
versus another creators. How do you set yourself apart? Well, you can set yourself
apart in a number of ways. You can set yourself apart
with the style of your video, your personality, you yourself, the quality of your video, yes, more super high
cinematic videos can be sort of elevated versus ones where it's just
someone talking, not including any B role
or anything like that. It could be the
specific topic or the niche that you've
chosen where you have an expertise or a passion about that topic that
sets yourself apart, or it could be that schedule,
the schedule of content. And for some cis, it is Yes, I'm posting
a new video every day, and that's what sets
yourself apart from channels that post not as often. For some subscribers,
some viewers, that's what they're looking for, and that's what they appreciate. We're going to dive into
what your y is and all of this stuff more practically with more examples
in a future lesson. Along with your y is
sticking with a niche. And this is a specific topic
area for your courses. Niching down is really where
you find your true fans. It simplifies things so
that you know, Okay, should I be making a video
about topic A or B or C or Z? We're not going to
make a a video about topic z because it's not
related to our specific niche. And it doesn't hurt us
to have a small niche. And you're going to see examples of channels that I
follow that have huge audiences But the topics that they make their
videos on are so small, and I'm sure you watch YouTube channels yourself like this. Instead of creating videos
on a broad range of topics, Nihing down allows viewers
to know what to expect. And when they know
what to expect, they're going to be
more likely to watch your next video to subscribe
to become that true fan, to follow you, support you
monetarily, or whatever. And so choosing your niche, focusing down is better. Your Y also helps you determine what video
you should make. And there are two
questions I want you to ask yourself before
making any video. One is, what is my competitive advantage
in making this video? There something about
my personality, my story that lets me tell this story or make
this video better? Is there something
about the quality of the content that I'm going to put out that I have
an advantage on? I have access to
certain people or certain places that can
help me tell this story, how and why are you the person to tell this story
compared to someone else? And if you can't really
think about what makes yourself unique
or why someone would want to watch you make a video about this topic
versus another person, and it's probably a
video topic to skip. And then the second question is, what video do people
desperately need? So think about your Niche, think about the topic, what your UVP is. And think about yourself, because ultimately you're making videos for someone like you. What are videos that you would
desperately want to watch? And that's within your heart. I can't tell you what
to make in that sense. You probably know
the videos that you want to watch and
what you need to see. Those are the ones that
you should be making. So that's the why. That's the why behind a YouTube channel that
leads to so much success. The next is to understand
YouTube's business model, and you need to do
this to have success. YouTube's model is to keep people on the platform
for advertisers. And it's as simple as that. They make money by having
eyeballs on videos, and advertisers put ads on
videos and in the middle, and at the end of videos, and they make money that way. And so YouTube wants people
to stay on the platform. And if you play that game,
YouTube will help you out. I've made the mistake, and I see others making the
mistake early on, where they put out videos and they're driving traffic
to their website to their off YouTube community or products or
services or whatever. And if YouTube sees
that, which they do, they see if someone's
watching a video and then they click off
to another website, they're not going
to push that video. However, if they see
a video where maybe it's a longer video
and a person's very engaged watching
it the whole time, and then they subscribe, or they leave a comment, or they click onto the next
video from that channel. Oh, boy, that is a video that YouTube is going to
push because that is a video that will
make YouTube more money because they
can sell more ads. What are the steps
to succeed in this? One is to get clicks
to your videos. If people aren't
clicking on your videos, then YouTube is
going to say, Well, no one wants to watch
this guy's content, this gal's content, and so we're not going to
push that content. How do we do this? Well, it basically comes down to our
titles and our thumbnails. With our titles and thumbnails, we have a full lesson on these
things and how to do it. Examples, everything coming up. But in general, the top
tips are less is more. This is for both
title and thumbnail. With your thumbnail having high contrast and
color that stands out from that search page or
stands out from the feed. Faces eyes and emotions. This creates a reaction
and is more clickable, and that's why when
you look at the feed, there's people that are looking like until
it stops working, YouTube is going to continue to reward those types of videos because they
get more clicks. In terms of the text
on the thumbnail, it should support the title, but it shouldn't be the same. Why just repeat it
when you could have some text on the thumbnail that builds a little bit of intrigue. You'll notice though
that a lot of YouTubers now are not putting
text on their thumbnail. Whereas five years ago, everyone was putting
text on their thumbnail, but nowaday, it
doesn't work as well. So not including text is
not a bad thing either. Once you get someone
clicking onto your video, how you keep them engaged. A few things. One is you
need to master the hook. This is the first
five, 10 seconds of a video that hooks them in,
it grabs their attention. It builds curiosity, so someone continues
watching a video. If a video starts too
slow, if it's confusing, if they're not getting
what they expected after they clicked on
your title or thumbnail, people are going to click away, and YouTube, again,
is going to see that. But if they click,
they watch that first 5 seconds and
they're automatically Engaged, that's a good thing. We have a full lesson on
specifically creating good hooks in your videos and ways to do that
in this course. No long intros, no long pauses, get into the content
that people expect. And throughout your video, you want to build
intrigue and suspense. It's not just at the beginning
that you have to do this, you have to try to build some intrigue so that people
want to watch to the end. So that's maybe mentioning things that are coming
up later in the video. It's creating a structure of a video so that when you put out new videos that
follow that structure, people understand what it is, and they want to get to the end. Edit your videos, edit it down. Mr. Beast is the master of this editing his
videos over and over again so that the entire video is super engaging,
super interesting. There's intrigue and suspense
throughout the video. That doesn't mean
though, if you want to put out slower paste. Content. That can't
work as well. Well. There's lots of
creators that do that, and I'm going to show
you some in this course. Let's look at this with
examples so that you can see exactly what this
looks like in the real world. Defining your y. Plane with
sticks is a channel I follow. You probably have
never heard of them, but they are successful. They have 250,000 subscribers, and their why is to help people learn what the best small
RV camper is for them. They put out videos that are reviews of all types
of small RV campers, like tear drops and
things like that. And That's what his y is,
and he sticks with it, and all of his videos
go back to helping people understand what the
best gear is for them. And that's very specific. Similarly, choosing your niche. Playing with six, it's
a very small niche. It's not even just
general RV channel. It's a small camp,
small RV channel. And not just bikes is another great example of this where they focus
on urban design, city planning, creating
infrastructure that is people focused. It's a niche that allows
him to create videos on different ideas from bike paths to train and bus transportation, mass transit, and it gives them a little bit
of breathing room. But at the same time,
it all goes back to an audience interested
in better city planning. We haven't talked
about this before, but being yourself is so
important in your videos. The YouTubers you probably
follow are weird. They are funny. They are silly. But at the end of the day,
they are just themselves. Bernardo is one of the
YouTubers that I follow that I find to be so authentic in the way he makes
videos, showing himself. He's just another travel
vlogger, and I hate to say, Oh, just another travel logger because he really
sets himself apart in making videos that are
cinematically beautiful. But really, it's not just
the cinematic quality of the videos that keep me engaged and subscribed
and wanting more. It's him as the person in
those videos that does it. Again, all the links to these
videos are in the workbook, and you can just easily
click on these links to watch examples so that you can see what I'm
actually describing. And back really quick, he's an example of not
putting out quantity, just putting out quality. 300,000 subscribers,
but only 86 videos. So that's a pretty good rate
at in terms of growing, and his videos get tens, hundreds of thousands of views, some millions
Million view videos. It doesn't take putting
out videos every week. He puts out a video every month or so, sometimes
even longer. Plan to stick with
it for some time. This is another great tip. Teppo Hap, he's the brother of Maddy Hpo who's a very
successful YouTuber. He used to work and live or
work with Peter McKinnon. But Teppo, his brother
has stuck with it. In the beginning, he
was growing a little bit slower or not so much, but he has stuck with it He's always gone back to trying to figure out what
works with him. He's experimented,
and he's getting the views he deserves now and the subscribers
he deserves. And so if you look at his
subscriber to video ratio, 100,000 subscribers
to 500 videos not as good as Bernardo
in the previous example, and that's just because
it's taken him a little bit more time to get there,
but he's stuck with it. And you'll need to do that, too. Put in the effort. Sometimes putting in the
extra effort to have high quality titles, thumbnails, video with good editing, B roll, motion graphics, that can help you succeed. City Beautiful is a
great example of this. Another urban planning,
urban design type channel. You can get a sense of what I'm interested in by
watching this class. But his videos, Are so high quality. They could be something on television or a
documentary that you see, and that's what you find
with YouTube nowadays is. The quality of content on
YouTube is better than what you find in a lot of
mainstream media nowadays. Lastly, if you find
what works, repeat it. Repeat, repeat, repeat,
living big in a tiny house, talking about a niche channel
or topic, tiny homes. Yeah, they're popular, but
4.5 million subscribers. What he does is he just goes and tours people's tiny homes. Puts out a new video every week, same thing in the thumbnail, same style, and he repeats
it because it works. Once you find out what works, you don't necessarily
need to stray. Repeat it. Once you do all of these things, and only then can
you start to think about making money from YouTube? And how can you
benefit from YouTube? It's probably going to
happen automatically. You're going to start
making added revenue. You might start getting
click to your website or products or services
that you have to offer. But in terms of
pushing that stuff, that can happen later. We want to feed into
the YouTube game, put effort into it, and what you put into it,
you're going to get out of it. Later on, we can focus on
making more money from it. What did you not
see in this video? You didn't see silly gimmicks
or dances or fakeness. This course is not here to
say that, step number one, Look at the trending
dance videos on YouTube shorts and Instagram
Reels and do that. Now, I don't want
you to do that. I want you to be authentic. I want you to feel comfortable, and you do not need those
things to be successful. Yes, they are trendy. Yes, people can find
success doing those things, but you don't need to, and that's not what this
course is all about. In this course, we are here to be authentic,
be your true self, to connect with people, to connect with your viewers, and to simplify the whole
process of being a YouTube. If that sounds good to
you, I'm glad you're here, and we're going to
dive so much deeper. Throughout this course,
I have a lot of practical activities
and action items that I want you to do, and I'm going to work
through many of them myself. The way I'm going to do that
is by brainstorming and using a new photography
educational channel. I've already written the y, which is to take active steps to improve
photography through practical challenges
and lessons which are incentivized by
community inspiration, recognition, feedback. And prizes. I think this sets us apart from other photography channels out there or potentially could, and that's why I
chose it as my Y. For now, start to think about the channel you're going to be working on throughout
this course, whether it's one
that you've already started or a new one you're
starting from scratch. Now we have the blueprint. We're going to dive into all of these topics much more
in the next few lessons. Thanks so much for watching
and we'll see you there.
4. AI and YouTube: This wouldn't be a complete
YouTube course if we didn't talk about using AI in
your YouTube journey. Using AI is a great
tool for research, brainstorming, and
creating content. It's getting better and better, and I'm not here to say
that you shouldn't be using AI to help you grow
your YouTube channel. I use AI all the
time now to help me with tasks that either
I had to outsource, I never did before, or I spent too much
time doing myself. So I can now focus on
the more creative work. So how can we utilize AI
for each of these things? First, with research,
we can do a ton of in depth analysis
of YouTube itself, other channels,
other content out there to see what type
of content is there, where are there content gaps? Use it as a tool to
research and brainstorm, video topic ideas,
outlining a video. You could even use it
to create a script, although the scripts aren't
going to be that good, although they're getting
better and better each day. However, it's your
unique personal self, your own UVP, your unique
value proposition as you, yourself, the creator,
and your story that I think sets yourself apart
from other creators, and AI currently
can't repeat that. I'm not going to say
AI is not going to ever be able to
replace you because In terms of creating content, AI can already do
things like cloning your voice to almost an
imperceptible level, also creating AI
avatars of yourself. There are AI tools out there that can help you
create content. And I'm not just talking about creating an AI
version of yourself, but things like helping
you speed up your editing, help edit your audio faster, help remove the pauses
and mistakes in a video. These are all ways that AI is
now already helping create is create content. Some
of the tools to check out and use our
Chat PT Google Bar. This is more for your
text based research and writing and outlining SRA and others that
are going to be out there soon in terms of
creating video from scratch. Ultimately, at some point, the difference in terms of an AI generated image
and video is going to be very hard to tell from a stock video or something
that you've shot yourself. And I hate to say it
because ultimately it is going to be putting
people out of jobs and people shoot stock footage
and stock photos. They're not going to
make as much money. However, having an AI
tool where you can just imagine something and create a video from scratch based
off your imagination. It does level the
playing field in some sense for creators
to be able to create whatever they want
without having to hire a huge crew to film that or to go on location
and film it themselves. Like most people, I'm
interested, I'm intrigued, but I'm also a little worried, and I will take everything with a little bit of hesitation. However, I'm not here to
say that you shouldn't be using AI in your
YouTube journey. There are some things you don't want to be using AI for. And that's creating a channel
completely from scratch. You might see other courses
and topics out there where people are actually creating YouTube
channels from scratch, creating content with AI, everything's done with AI, and that's just a whole different type of
YouTube creator. That is not what I want to do, and that's playing this
game of just putting out content for who
knows what purpose? But I think that you
and most creators are here wanting to grow YouTube channel because
you're authentic, and you want to
share your story, share yourself with
the world and grow a YouTube channel that
is authentic to you. And AI can't replicate that. Ultimately, the audience
wants to connect with you, the person, wants
to hear your story. So you have to be
a part of that. So use AI to help
you on this journey, but not to replace you. Alright, we'll see you
in the next lesson.
5. Understanding the YouTube Algorithm: There are two videos on
the exact same topic. One gets millions
of views while the other only gets a couple
hundred. Why is that? It all comes down
to the algorithm. If you can understand
the algorithm, you can succeed with any
video that you publish, let's break it down right now. While the algorithm is
somewhat a mystery, there are three things that we know help improve your
chances of succeeding. Watch time and engagement, click through rate and
content freshness. Let's break down each of them. First with watch
time and engagement. One is are people
staying on your videos? If people are spending
more time on your videos, it's going to increase your chances of success.
YouTube sees that. Second is what percentage
of a video is watched. So it's not just how
many total minutes, but it's the percentage. If you have one video
that's 5 minutes long and one video that's
30 minutes long, and Each video, people are
watching 5 minutes of it. The video that's
5 minutes long is going to rank higher and get more views because
YouTube sees that the retention rate is
higher on that video. In terms of engagement,
what are the user experience signals that
your video creates? Are people leaving comments? Are they hitting the L button, the dislike button,
or subscribing? These are all things
that tell YouTube that your video creates engagement
with the platform, and that's a good thing.
Also very importantly, Are people leaving YouTube after watching or clicking
to one of your videos, or are they staying on YouTube, and are they clicking to
another video of yours? Those are good things.
You're going to hear a lot about CTR or click through Rate. Do your thumbnails and
titles entice viewers to click on your videos? If you're not getting
a lot of clicks, then obviously that's not going to help with
the algorithm. Here's a couple examples of thumbnails that work
for a specific video? Alex, formerly French guy
Cooking has an amazing channel? He is another person where it's like, truly
authentically himself. No one can replace
Alex who he is. Here's an example of a thumbnail and a title that
worked really well. In one day, it got
over 200,000 views, and it's called How I's made inside a French
potato chip factory. The thumbnail is striking. It's got high contrast. It builds intrigue with
him and his face looking curiously at this conveyor belt of all these potato chips. Just a very interesting photo that most people have
not seen before, and that's why it's so engaging. Other example is Johnny
Harris, 5 million subscribers. He is a journalist who makes videos formerly a Vox
employee and creator. This video, cyber warfare explained the thumbnail,
the future of war. He uses his face on a
lot of his thumbnails, but also that mask,
the anonymous mask. Very intriguing. He uses text right in the middle to add to the title, the Future of War. It's kind of saying what the title is, cyber
warfare explain. And that title is very
simple. It's not long. It's not filled with
a bunch of keywords. It's just to the point, but intriguing and 1.9
million views in one month. Definitely succeeded at
getting good click through. Next, we have Drew Binski, a travel YouTuber, 5 million
subscribers as well. I spent a day in Haiti's
most dangerous slum. Haiti has been in the news
lately, unfortunately, and Drew Binski's thumbnails, you'll see a lot
of them like this. I'm not personally
a huge fan of the O WOW face, but it works, and this is an example of that. He doesn't have text, but it
has a striking image of him and this crazy looking image of people running. There's
fire in the background. Someone's holding a big
knife machete thing. So super intriguing what's
going on in this scene. And the title itself, I spent a day in Haiti's
most dangerous slum. A little click baby. It works. And it just
builds that intrigue, and it got a lot of clicks. Three good examples of videos that have high CTR.
Click Through Rate. The next aspect of the algorithm that helps
is content freshness. Are you regularly
uploading new videos? A couple of examples
of this. Remat Safety. He's been pushing YouTube hard. He is a financial
sort of advice guy. He had a podcast, he had a book, but only recently has
he pushed his YouTube? And he does have that
existing audience that helped grow his channel faster than what many people
would be able to do. He has 500,000 subscribers now. He's had a channel
for a long time, but it was only recently
where he started putting his podcast into video
form on YouTube, and then he's adding these other financial type
videos as well. And you can see
that he's posting at least one or two
videos per week. Every week, he has
a podcast interview that launches on Tuesdays. And so having that consistency, I'm a fan and follower myself, and every Tuesday, I know
there's going to be a new. I will teach you to be
rich podcast episode. Having that consistency and that freshness helps
with the algorithm. Another one is Tron coffee is a YouTuber that makes the
blogs, but they're slower. They are slow paced, just kind of captures
his day to day life, but people are interested in it. And you can see here with
346,000 subscribers. For these videos, he's getting tens of
thousands of views, a couple of hundred thousand. So this is an example where
the topic of the video, it's not very strong, and so he has worked really hard at growing his channel
to get to this point. There are videos of his that have gone more viral,
where it's like all New England colors, every year he goes
out and captures beautiful scenery in the
northeast of the United States. This is an example of where most of his views
are probably coming from subscribers and YouTube is
not necessarily pushing this set of example of videos here on the screen
to a new audience. Now we understand the
three core aspects of the YouTube algorithm. A reminder, we have watch
time and engagement, click through rate and
content freshness. What are the things though in 2024 that are making
the biggest difference? Is YouTube is focused on getting videos in
front of people, even without a
large channel base. We've talked about this before. Here's a few examples of smaller channels that are
getting a ton of views. James Coli, he is another
financial advice type channel. He only has 100,000 subscribers, and you might look at
this and say, well, his videos are only
getting 20, 40,000 views. 60,000 views for some of them. But getting 50,000 views for 100,000 subscribers
is really good. There are many channels out there with hundreds of thousands of subscribers that
maybe get 1,000 views. That's because he's
picked a Niche and a topic and YouTube has run with it and is pushing
his content to new people, and that's how I
found him because I follow people like mate safety, and then I get these
videos in my feed. Finally, I got enough that I started watching that
I subscribe to them. Malama Life, this is a great channel for
minimalism, simplicity, 750,000 subscribers at the
time of recording this video. And she puts out these
videos that are very nie, focused on this topic of
minimalism and simplicity, but YouTube has really pushed her channel
to new audiences. Here's a great example Canoe the North of a channel that
YouTube is blowing up, 26,000 subscribers, but look
at their latest videos. 91,000 views, 158,000 views. Four videos ago, it
was 500,000 views. This is a high
quality log style, travel style, YouTube channel, and YouTube is totally pushing their content because
it's so high quality, only 40 videos, total, but they're putting up
videos with 500,000 views. Great example of this.
The second thing in 2024 is that the community
tab needs to be used. This tab that on your
channel you have, and it used to be sort of
buried in the channel. But now YouTube is
showing what's on the community tab in the
normal YouTube feed as well. So posting updates, doing polls, those kinds of things are what you can use the
community tab for. Epic gardening is a
great gardening channel, and they use that community
tab a lot to post updates. And this is content
that they might put on Instagram or other platforms, but they also put it on
YouTube now as well. S theory is another
great example of this posting questions, trying to create engagement
in that community tab, and they're masters of building community with their audience. So check them out if you're
interested in how to do that. If you're posting something
on another platform, make sure you post it on the YouTube community tab as well, you can use it to promote
older videos, other content. But remember, the goal is to
keep people on the platform. If YouTube sees people
are clicking away from the platform from
your community post, then they're not going to show that in the general
YouTube feed. But if it's a poll or a some sort announcement
or thing that it's getting engagement and keeping
people on the platform, that's when the
algorithm helps you out. A third tip that I have
is to not over post. If a video of yours that you're posting is getting traction, let it live a little bit. Let it breathe before
you post another video. Check the ranking by views of your latest
video performance, and we'll see this in the analytics section or
lessons of this class to see how well
your latest videos are doing before
posting another one. So a few creators
that do this well its into the sunset,
another travel blogger. Then we have here, Life Ariza, great g
style channel as well. You'll see that
they post a video and it's not too frequent. It's spaced out enough
so that it gives YouTube the chance to see
how that video is doing, maybe push it along, help it out before
YouTube has to CO, there's another video
from the channel. Should I push that one to the audience or
the previous one. Then the last algorithm tip
is shorts, shorts, shorts. You should be
putting out shorts. It's going to help your channel. At the same time within shorts, the thumbnails that you use
for your shorts matter a lot, just like thumbnails
for general videos, the thumbnails for your shorts matter, they are clickable. P home Cooks is a good
example of using shorts, putting out shorts
along with big videos. We have a full section on YouTube shorts in this class that will be diving
into this in depth, Caleb Hammer, a personal finance
interview style creator, also using shorts like crazy. The Money guys show is
another finance channel where they take snippets of their long form content
and put them out as short. And that seems to be working
well for a lot of creators. It's working so well
that format of, appearing on an interview show that some creators
are faking it, where they have a setup that
it looks like they are doing an interview with someone and
they create these segments. They just create
them from scratch, but these segments
of an interview, and they post it as a short. To me, that's not
being authentic, and it's not something
that I would recommend. But understanding that tells us that using shorts
and maybe creating podcast interview style
content is something that you might want to be looking
into for your channel. So how can you use all
of this information to help with your
YouTube channel? To do better with the
YouTube algorithm, start with understanding
your audience. What is their purpose
for watching your video? The Fuji guys channel is
a great example of this. They understand their followers
are people that want to watch Fuji film camera content, and that's what they put out. You need to optimize for
search and discovery. So this means your titles,
descriptions, tags, and thumbnails, I have to
align and help with this. California through my lens
is an example of this. This video, Goat Canyon
trestle Tough Desert Hike to the world's largest
wooden trestle. Builds some intrigue. Then the thumbnail itself
has a picture of that. It has the text that adds to it, world's largest wooden bridge,
builds that curiosity. Putting into practice
all those things. We mentioned briefly about clickable titles and thumbnails, and we'll learn more
about that in the future. Create high quality videos, doesn't mean it has
to be expensive. It just means putting
in the effort to create high quality videos that
keep people engaged. Jake Frew is a great filmmaker, YouTuber that does this
and is really blowing up over the past couple
of years because he spends the time
to make creative, unique, high quality content. Looking for inspiration
from a YouTube that is actually doing things that are not what you see every day. Check out Jake Ru. You need to engage with viewers, and this goes beyond the video, but also through comments, through things like livestream, which Pat Flynn, who started deep pocket Monster, has done. He does a ton of
great live streams where he's engaging
with his viewers, building that
community, and that's going to help you with
the algorithm as well. Collaborate and network
with other YouTubers. This also will help you
with the algorithm. Colin and Samir, they
have a channel that's basically about content
creators, about YouTube. They've done interviews with Mr. Best and other top creators, and that is obviously
going to help them out when you have that
sort of collaboration, but it doesn't have
to be with Mr. Bees. You can collaborate
with people in your niche, even if they have a
smaller audience. That synergy can
help your videos do better for the algorithm
because YouTube is going to see this video is getting a little bit more traction and views than the previous ones. We're going to help
it out. And that's because perhaps that
small audience of the other creator boosted the videos views a little bit more than your typical ones, and YouTube is going to see that and further help you out. Lastly, analyze performance to learn what works and
what doesn't work. We get all of the data from our videos in the analytics,
which is amazing. YouTube has built out a
huge analytics platform so that we can learn
from our mistakes, learn what's working,
what's not working. And again, we're going to learn all of this in the
lessons later on. Where we dive into analytics. At this point, I
hope you understand the YouTube algorithm
a little bit better. All right, click over to
that next lesson to keep learning amazing tips at
starting your channel.
6. Choose Your YouTube Channel Niche: Choosing the wrong niche can spell disaster for your channel. So in this lesson, I'm going
to walk through how you can choose the right niche
for your specific channel. Welcome to this new
section of the course, where we're going to start
your channel from scratch. Even if you have an
existing channel, it's a good idea to go through
all of these lessons and steps so that you know you're on the right path to success. If you watch all of the videos in the introsection
of the class, that was a great overview
with some great tips, but now we're going to dive deep into all of those elements, starting with choosing a niche. ID a's choosing a small
niche lead to big success, whether it's travel logging
or sports analysis, C channel about Pokemon
cards or gardening. It doesn't matter
what the niche is. As long as it's focused, it will help you grow faster. We've talked about this
before, but you want out all of the entire process
of creating YouTube videos, you want the viewers expectations to be
matched or exceeded, but you don't want the viewers expectations to
not be met at all. And that is everything from writing your titles
and creating thumbnails, and when they click on it, finding a video that matches their expectations to
going to a channel after they've watched a
video that they've liked and finding more videos within that niche or within that topic, that's going to lead
to more success. Your Niche selection
determines everything from content strategy to
monetization opportunities to building a community
of followers. And so that's why
this is so important. For the long term,
I truly believe that your selection should line up with what you're passionate about your expertise is on, and ultimately market
demand as well. It doesn't mean
that there has to be a ton of market demand, but there has to be someone out there that wants to
watch your videos. And you're going to
be making videos for a long time if you want
to be successful at this. And so it shouldn't
be the flavor of the weak sort of thing you're
interested in right now. It should be something
that you can foresee being
interested in making content about for years and years to come. So
how do we do that? In each of these lessons, I have a step by step strategy
portion where I break down everything you need to do practically to do
what I'm sharing. Step number one is
channel topic assessment. Think about what are your
interests and passions, what are your skills
and your expertise? This is something for you to
just sit there with yourself with and think about what are
you most passionate about? And generally, that's
going to be what the topic or the niche of
your channel should be about. Once you have that in mind, then you have to do
two market research. You can use tools like Google
Trends, YouTube search, or T Buddy to look
at keywords and trend analysis to see
what is hot right now. It doesn't have to be something that's necessarily
trending right now. It just has to be something that has an audience right now. AI based content channels
probably weren't that popular back in
2022, but in 2023, 2024, and beyond, these
types of channels have blown up channels that
talk about AI technology, that teach AI technology. That is a trending topic. And there are also
channels on topics gardening and homesteading
that have gotten really popular since the global
pandemic in 2020, because more people were getting interested in those
kinds of topics. So you can look at that kind
of trend as well to see what might help a channel
or a niche succeed. So a couple of things to
do is to go on YouTube. Use YouTube search, search for just that generic topic
that you're interested in. See what videos show up. Go to those videos, where are they recently
posted videos, or are they older videos? It's better if they're more recently posted videos because it's showing you that YouTube
is pushing fresh content. On those videos, are there
a lot of comments or not? If there's not a
lot of comments, it means that that
community or that audience might not be that
engaged with that topic. If there's a lot of
people commenting, interacting on those videos, even if it's an older
video, that's a good thing. Look at your
competitor channels. I say competitors,
even though I don't necessarily believe we are competing with each
other on YouTube. I truly believe there can be space for everyone on YouTube, but it is a good idea to look at the other channels
in your niche, see what they're doing, see
what is working for them. See if there are channels that are succeeding
in your niche. And that leads me
to the third step, which is competitor analysis
so that you can see what Works for channels and what's
not working for channels. Look at other
channels and see if their views are increasing
or decreasing and try to understand what is it about their videos
that works or not? Which videos have gotten a
ton of views? Which haven't? So if you haven't
put out videos, and you don't know
from your own channel what is working and what's not, you can look at other channels and see what works,
what doesn't. What has gone
viral? What hasn't? Not to copy, but to
get inspiration from? Evaluate their
production quality. What does the video look like? Do they have B role? Do
they have a structure? How long or short
are their videos? Do they use background music? What's their editing style? What's their personality style? These are all things
that you can see, what separates them,
what's their UVP, unique value proposition,
and also why they are successful compared to other channels in
the same niche. And while you're
doing this, take a look at their community tab. Are they using it and
how are they using it? What posts are getting
the most engagement, the most comments, the
most interactions? Use that for inspiration
for your own channel. So you've sort of got a
rough idea for the topic. You've done a bit of
market research to see if there are people out there
watching that kind of content. You've seen other YouTubers
within this niche and done a little bit of analysis of what they're doing
to be successful. Now it's time to do
the fourth step, which is deciding your UVP, your unique valued proposition. As a reminder, this is
a clear statement that describes the benefit of your
channel to your viewers. It doesn't necessarily mean that it's a statement
that's put out there, but it's a statement that
you need to know yourself, and I do think that you
should write it down. It can be somewhat displayed or aspects of it can be displayed
in your channel art, in your description, and within the content
of your videos. But it generally should just
come across in the content, even without
explicitly saying it. The driving force
behind what you do, and you can always
go back to it. So think about the
benefits of your channel, the videos that
you're putting out, what differentiates you from other people. Remember
we looked at. I think it is the
first or second lesson of the class, it's your style, your personality, the
quality of the video, the quantity or schedule
of your content. All of that can
determine your UVP. Think about your
target audience, what are they wanting, and how can you deliver
for them what they are wanting and also the
consistency and clarity. You want to be consistent
throughout your videos, but also it has to be clear. It has to be clear in
everything you do. So some sample UVPs for just random channels might be empowering you to live
sustainably with practical, easy to implement tips for eco friendly living
in the suburbs. That niches it down, right? So this is something I just
thought my wife and I could do because it's something we're somewhat passionate about doing. And so it's not just this generic sustainable
living channel. But it's for people who live in suburb style neighborhoods and how we can live sustainably
and eco friendly. Another example would be
teaching RV enthusiasts about the best new
small trailers on the market, and we saw that. That was playing with
sticks. That is their UVP. Now, it's a UVP that
I wrote out for them, just coming up with what
I believe their UVP is, but it is that unique proposition
that sets them apart. And there's not many other
channels doing exactly that. So you could do all
four of these steps, but there's another
important one. And that's validation,
step five. There's three ways to validate. One is to just do
a search and see, Okay, does this niche work? And you've done a little
bit of this before with your market and
competitive research, but just validating that
your idea has potential, analyzing your competitors
and your niche. And then also asking
your audience, if you have any sort of
audience whatsoever, even if it's not specific to that UVP or that
niche, ask them. For example, I have an audience
of learners in all kinds of topics from video
creation to AI and digital marketing and
photography and beyond. So when I'm starting
the YouTube channel that we've used as a case study for this class,
photography, and friends. I want to ask my audience, would they be interested
in this specific channel? And if there's a good number
of them that would be, then that validates it. But if I'm choosing one topic that maybe my students
aren't interested in, Well, it either means that I'm kind of having to
start from scratch because my existing audience isn't really interested in it, or I need to pick
a different niche. The sixth step and tip is to have commitment and flexibility. So it's a good idea to commit
to a niche, stick with it. It's not going to necessarily
have success overnight, but you also have to be a little bit flexible
to maybe pivot. If you make a video
that blew up, Want to repeat that style
of video or that topic. If you post a flop, learn from your lesson
and don't do that again. Plan With sticks
is a great example of this because they were
putting out all kinds of videos about camping tools and reviews for small family
and things like that, but they really pivoted to
what works best for them, which is just the RV based
review style videos. So here are three examples of channels that have picked
a very specific niche, and they're succeeding at it. Caleb Hammer is not just
doing a financial channel. His show and his channel
is called Financial Audit and he interviews people. But it's not just a typical financial interview with someone who's already interested in
finance and is doing well. He is interviewing a segment, a type of person that
other people aren't. It's your millennial.
It's your Genz. It's your influencer. It's your people that are also content creators or maybe
not content creators, but younger people and
helping them get started. I find that a lot of other
shows that I listen to, and I find are
interviewing people who might be a little bit
older, maybe they're married, or they're a couple, and they're more interested
in their finances at that point in their life. Been done before. He has
chosen a different niche, a different target audience, which is a younger demographic. And he's following the trends in terms of everything you see here on the screen with
his silly thumbnails. He's a little bit abrasive, a little bit outrageous. He does use shorts, and he's using all of those
things to grow very quickly. We saw this channel before, living big in a tiny house,
very specific niche. And then lastly, another
one, Justin Odisha, He has built a channel with
1 million subscribers just on Adobe Premiere Pro and
Adobe After Effects Tutorials. He is a person that
I see, and I follow. I love his videos, and I'm like, Man, I could have been
like just an Ad show, because my content for
my personal channel, some of that after
effects content and premiere pro content is my
best performing content. And if I just stuck
with that one topic, I would be much more successful than where
that channel is today. But at the same time, you have to be passionate about that. That's where for me, that Niche specifically wasn't
what I wanted to choose, but you can create this amazing huge audience
huge channel based off of software
applications that work together or one software
application, if you want. So that's a great
example of a niche. So let's break this down for the new photography and friends YouTube channel
that we are starting. Our Niche is
photography education, which isn't a unique
niche at all. There's lots of photography
education channels out there. Target audience that
somewhat separates us is non technical
photographers focused on improving the art and storytelling
in their photographs. It's your everyday mom or dad, teen, or young adult, retiree or grandparent, getting into photography
for the first time. It's not the content creator. It's not the photographer
who has experience, who's necessarily trying
to up their game. It's people who are getting
into this as a hobby, not even necessarily someone trying to make money with it, but just as a hobby. So our UVP that we've decided on is empowering everyday
stories through the lens. And so whenever we look back at our content that we're creating,
I have to think about, is this video
helping people tell their everyday story or capture their everyday story
with their camera? And if it does,
then it means it's a piece of content
that I want to create. So your action item
for today is to find five inspiring you
tubes in your niche. So whatever your topic is, even if you follow
people already in your niche, write them down, look at them, see what they're
doing, and follow them? Start to pay closer attention to what they're doing that
leads to their success. Pay attention to their
thumbnails, their titles, their description, pay attention to what's going on in
their comment section. Are their comments?
Are they not? Are they replying to comments? Pay attention to
their community tab, and are they posting
in that community tab? We're going to look more
into this in the future. But what are they
doing off of YouTube? Do they have a presence on other social media
platforms or not? Think about what are they doing to make money
with their channel? Is that a goal of theirs? Are they pushing products? Are they doing brand deals? Just start to think
about all these things. But for now, just make sure
you have those five channels in your desired Niche
to start looking at. Thank you so much for watching, and we'll see you
in the next lesson. Bye. Click on it right
now. Just keep watching. Keep learning. Have fun.
Alright. See you there.
7. What is Your Why?: Know what the
driving force behind every successful YouTube
channel is? That's the y. And in this lesson, you're going to learn how
to come up with your own profound y that keeps you going and helps
propel you to success. And remember, coming
up in this lesson, we have steps to success
that you can follow, as well as real world case
studies and action item, and we'll be putting
into practice this with our own
case study as well. Why is the motivation. It's the foundation
of your channel. It serves as a guiding light. It gives you direction to what type of content
you're going to create, and ultimately, it's why someone will watch your
channel and engage with you. Being a YouTuber is
not easy and having a clear y gives you some resilience when
there are challenges, or when you're a bit confused about what
direction to go in, you can always fall
back on your y, and it will point you
in the right direction. If you're doing something
that doesn't feel 100% authentic or easy or right, you can think back to your y, and if it doesn't align, it's probably something
you shouldn't be Let's go through our step by
step strategies to success. Our first one is reflection. Reflect about your
passions, your goals, and why YouTube is the right place to
achieve these things. An exercise to help you with this is to visualize
your audience, think about what types of
videos do they want to see? When they are watching
one of your videos, how does it make them feel? What is it about your channel
that keeps them engaged, keeps them coming back, keeps them subscribed
week after week, month after month
or year after year. Remember we said at the start of the course that
there needs to be a reason why YouTube is the
place to be creating content. There's lots of other formats of content and platforms where you could be sharing
your thoughts, your ideas, your passions. And so YouTube being the platform it is
with video content, with the ability to connect with viewers through that video,
through the comments, other ways like
the community tab and through live streams, make sure that
that's the right way you want to connect
with your audience. Twitter or X is a completely different format
of putting out content. But it's a more fast
paced reactionary way that you can actually communicate with others
faster and quicker. So if you have ideas that
you want to get out there, very quickly, that might be the platform you want to be on. Let's compare YouTube to another platform
like Twitter or X. That's a platform
where it's very easy to put out ideas
into the world, get feedback, have
conversations, discussions, arguments,
what have you. And if that's the
type of content and connection you want
to have with the world, YouTube might not be the
best places for you. So right now, we're reflecting
about why YouTube is the right place to align with your passions and your goals. Second, look for
inspiration from others. Analyze how their y influences their content
and viewer engagement. Look at the YouTubers
that you follow and try to come up with what
their guiding light is. It should come across
throughout all of their videos. Sometimes it might even
say on their channel. It might even be a
mission statement, which is step number three defining your mission statement. Find it a very good idea
before you even start, and this can be adjusted as time goes on with any
business or brand, which a YouTube channel is is to define your mission
statement, write it down, craft a statement that clearly defines what
your goals are, and why you are
doing what you do. If you're creating
a YouTube channel for an existing
business or brand, you might have that sort of
mission statement already, and it can easily transfer to why now you are using YouTube
as a platform as well. Couple example,
mission statements would be something
like we are committed to creating a community that celebrates eco conscious living, sharing knowledge and
resources that make sustainability accessible
and achievable for everyone. Our mission is to contribute to a healthier planet by making sustainable living the
norm, not the exception. This would be a
great statement for a YouTube channel that teaches
sustainability techniques. It's not as specific
as their UVP, the unique value proposition, or the niche that we've
talked about before, which talks more about their specific audience or maybe they're catering
towards people in the suburbs or maybe it's people
living on farms or maybe living in
a specific country, but these mission
statements are more of an overarching reason
for what they do. Once you've brainstormed this, once you've written this down, written out your e
mission statement, it's time to align your
content with your y. So when you're coming up
with your channel content, there's three ways to reflect
your y in your channel. One is to have strong pillars, strong pillars of content. This could be
content categories, this could be content formats. We briefly saw the Fuji Guys YouTube channel
about Fuji film Cameras and
photography, and they have three core pillars
to their content. One is gear reviews. So just checking out
any of the latest gear, talking about how it works, why it's good, what the
different options are. They have tutorials that teach people how to use the gear, and then updates for anything related to the Fuji film world. So when they're coming
up with new content, if they fit in
those three buckets that they've found that
their audience likes, then it's a good piece
of content to create. Before you even come up and solidify the pillars
of your content, it might be a good
idea to do number two, which is ask your audience, no matter how big or small, ask your audience what types of videos they want to watch. And it most likely
will align with the types of videos that you
want to create, however, you might be surprised at the
things that you find enjoy creating might not
align with what people actually want to watch from
you or consume from you. And then at the end of the
day, the third step is, whenever you come up
with a video idea, ask yourself, does
this align with M Y? Self reflect that. So
some real world examples of channels with a good Y, One is Mark Rober. He has a great channel that
does science experiments, but does it in a fun,
interesting way for all ages. Our next example
is modern builds. Their Y is doable DIY projects
that anyone can complete. He is stuck with this Y, and like many tutorial channels, they start with some
very basic ones that are geared more
towards beginners. Perhaps they are more of
a beginner themselves. As time goes on, they get better and better
at their craft, and their tutorials
get more advanced. However, even though he's
gotten better at his craft, his tutorials are still aimed at beginners, to
intermediate users, but definitely not
like the pro level, highly technical skills, that would be a very small,
small audience. Something I always remind myself and has been very
good for my business is to think about the pool of people interested in
learning a new skill. There's many people
who are beginners and not many people
who are highly advanced in that
skill wanting to learn ultra advanced skills. Now, that doesn't mean that an ultra highly advanced
YouTube channel on a topic doesn't
work because remember, There's riches in the niches. Small niches are actually good for growing a
YouTube channel. However, there's also a balance the opposite of that where
when you're teaching skills, there's many, many
more fish in the sea trying to learn beginner
skills for any topic. And then our last example is the outsider MTB mountain biker. He's sharing local
mountain bike rides. And this is a hyper
local channel. This is Southern California. He does some trips and rides up and down the
coast of California, sometimes into some
other Western states like Nevada, and Utah, Arizona. However, most of his
content is based in the cities around Orange
County, Los Angeles County. So his audience is
bigger than if he was making this channel in a smaller city or a smaller town. However, it's still a very
niche topic and audience. But he sticks to that y, and he still has a fairly
successful channel with your action item for today
is to brainstorm your Y, write down all the ideas you have for why you do what you do, and then formulate that into a mission statement if you want to do a
little extra credit. For example, with
the photography and friends YouTube channel, R Y would be something like to empower new
photographers to capture and share their stories through powerful photography. So I included a
couple things there. Not only are we teaching people and photographers
how to take photos, but also how to share
them with the world, because part of
the reason we want to teach people
photography and why we like photography ourselves
is it allows us to share our own story with
the world around us. And so that's what we
want to help people do and not just photography, but powerful photography
that actually affects other people and maybe can make the world
a better place. And this is the why that
we can look back on when we are coming up
with our content plan, when we are posting
things on social media, when we are planning
collaborations with other YouTubers or brand deals where we're partnering
or affiliate sales. Does it go back to our Y? If yes, great, if not, then it's probably
not a good fit. I hope you enjoyed this lesson. We'll see you in the next one.
8. Researching Your YouTube Competition: Secrets to success for any YouTube channel or
topic are out there, publicly available
for anyone to see, and that's in your competition, or as I like to say,
your inspiration. So in this lesson,
we're going to learn how to do just that so that the goal isn't necessarily to copy or
it really isn't to copy, but just to find ways that they are running their
channel that you can get inspiration from and how you can differentiate yourself
from those channels. Through this research,
you can see what works, what doesn't work, and
how you can fit in. Our step by step
strategies to succeed. Step number one is to
identify your competitors. You might already know this, or you can use YouTube
search to look up a topic. You can also use tools like
Social Blade and Tube Buddy, which give insights, and I'm going to show you some
research that I'm doing. I'm actually going to go into
the computer later on after our case study examples and show you exactly how
I would do this. There is also a case
for using AI tools like Chat CPT to assist you in
doing this research as well, and I'll show you how
to do that coming. Step number two is to analyze
their content strategy, see what types of
content are successful, which types of formats, on what topics, what
presentation styles? Are they doing interviews? Is it a long form
log style video? Is it a hyper fast cut short? Is it a animation? There's all types of formats
for getting a point across? And so see what that competition or that inspiration is doing. Step number three is
to observe how they are interacting with their
audience in comments, live streams, in
their community tab. Take note of anything that
seems to be working for them. The fourth step is to look at their visual and
branding techniques. Do they have consistency
across thumbnails, their video intros,
their channel art? What stands out and
makes them unique and recognizable
compared to others. Fifth is to look at the SEO and discoverability of
those channels? What keywords, tags, and
descriptions are being used by the most successful
channels in your Niche. Look at the titles of their
best performing videos, as well as their
most recent videos, look at those descriptions, to see what they're doing. While you're at it, the sixth
and final thing is to look at their monetization and
partnership strategies. Beyond AdSense revenue,
are they making money with selling products,
services, merchandise? Are they doing brand deals, sponsored videos,
affiliate sales? Do they have any
sort of membership? Again, we're just looking to see what the successful channels are doing so that we can
replicate that ourself. And remember, the
goal is not to copy. We're just seeing
what works best for other channels so
that you can replicate it with your own success and bring your own unique self out
into whatever you do. So let's look at some
real world examples for this case study, I'm going to look at
gardening channels. It's something that my wife
and I are interested in. It's not a topic that I would necessarily create a
YouTube channel for I'm putting myself in
the mind of someone who's super passionate
about gardening and wants to do some
research to see what channels are successful
and what they're doing. We're going to look
at epic gardening, one of the most prolific
content creators out there in the
gardening space, and someone who is
relatively new to the space. This is not someone who has
been doing it for decades, but really has
just been doing it for years successfully as
they've been doing it now. We're looking at a
completely different style of creator and business, Floret Flower Farm.
That's a mouthful. And then also Justin Rhodes, which is not just a
specific to gardening, but more so homesteading and a lot of other
related topics as well. Before we jump into
the computer to look and analyze these channels, the action item
for this lesson is to write down five things that your inspirational channels are doing that you want to do
yourself with your channel. Welcome to this case study
where I'm going to dive into researching competition
for a gardening channel. This is a very long
in depth video, where you're just behind me as if you were here in the room seeing exactly what I would do. So I would say this
is an optional video. You don't have to
watch the whole thing, but it might give
you some insight if you are kind of confused at, well, what should I be
looking at at a channel? I'm going to be
looking at YouTube. I'm going to be looking at tools like social buddy and two buddy, social blade and two buddy, as well as how to use
tools like AI to do a little bit of help with research as well
for other channels. So now I'm going to go into
the computer and show you how I would be researching in competition for a
gardening channel. So first, we're going to
head right into YouTube. You might have an idea for
what the top channels are. Perhaps you follow some, but don't be blinded by your own bias because
there might be other channels out there
that you're not aware of. So it's a good idea to
just put in a search for that main keyword for your topic of
gardening, for example. Notice here that I have
this little pop up. This is the Tube Buddy
Search Explorer. Tu buddy is a tool
that I have mentioned, if you go to two buddy.com. It's an extension. For YouTube. There's all kinds of things
that you can do with it, but it does cost money. And so I'm not going to spend too much time using this tool in this class because I don't
want to have to make you do any pay
extra money for it. However, there are some
really cool things, like the analysis
that we're doing now, but also things like
bulk publishing. For example, I've
used it in the past on one of the higher tier
levels where you can add new descriptions or edit
descriptions for all of your videos at one time rather
than going to each video, one at a time and editing it. So there's lots of
cool things there, and we'll see more of
two buddy in the future. But what it shows me now
is the search volume, so we can see this
particular keyword. So there's 13 million
searches per month, and the competition
is pretty tough. So it has a low
competition score. So trying to target this
keyword is going to be tough. It gives us some
related search ideas here that we might
want to look for. So, for example,
maybe we would look for if you lived in Australia, gardening Australia, and that might be a little
less competitive. Let's see what that
keyword score is. High search volume, but
still a lot of competition. So we'll talk about
keyword strategy in the future when we're
actually making our videos. But here, just not
using two Buddy, with a basic search
for gardening, we can see the
latest videos that YouTube is pushing,
because no longer, are they just filling
the search results with the most popular videos
from years and years ago. But they have videos that
were posted 5 hours ago here. You have a sponsored
video at the top, so that's a paid advertisement
for that spot there. But Garden Aser the channel, posted this video 5 hours ago. And they must have a
huge audience because it has 50,000 views already. Down below, you see
epic gardening pop up. So you see channels
actually pop up in the search results
and shorts as well. And if you want to just
look for channels, you can go to filter
and filter by channel, and this will give you some of the top channels with
gardening as their keyword. So epic gardening, the
middle sized gardener, Jaque in the garden,
homegrown garden. What's interesting
about this is it's not just ranked in the
order of subscribers. There's other
things that go into the algorithm of
surfacing these channels, and it most likely has
to do with some of the things we saw earlier
about the algorithm, like the recency or the
freshness of the content, the engagement they have. All right, so that's
the first thing I would do to find channels. Another thing I'm just going
to hop over to show you, you can use a tool like
Chat EPT or Google Bard. Both have free plans that you can get started
with and just simply ask, what are the top gardening
YouTube channels? It's going to pull
from other sources, from other sites, and that have done the
work for us already. And it will list some of the top channels,
Epic Gardening, the Rusted Gardener,
MI gardener, my Gardener, Garden answer. We saw that one pop up, the gardening channel
with James one. So this is just to get you ideas for what
channels are out there. Alright, so the next
thing is to go into these channels and see what
are they doing, right? So we're seeing,
like we saw before, we're analyzing their
content strategy, their engagement with
their community, their visual branding. So Epic gardening has this
sort of, like turnip logo. I think that's a relatively new logo that
they've been using. I would look at their
latest videos and see, Okay, what types of videos
are they making now? Kevin Espiritu, the founder. He is in these thumbnails often. Sometimes it's just the plant or the thing that
he's teaching about. You see some before
and after videos, you see some collaborations
with other people, all things that
we're going to learn about and are good for
growing a channel. Let's just look at the names. Watch this before
you plant carrots. 12 crops, you'd be crazy
not to start in April. So he's making content.
That's trending. That's of the time. So it's perfect for April. And that's probably
why that video has done better than some
of these other ones. Time. Watch this before
you plant potatoes. He's using emojis and some
of his YouTube titles. He's tagging people when he's collaborating
with them as well. Lots of things we
can learn from. We can see his shorts. So watch some of his
shorts. Let's just pop one. I wish I new when I started
gardening, Part one. So seeds grow faster. If you cut them, this is
the inside of a melon seed, and these two things are seed. All right, so you
kind of get a sense for what his videos are like. Let's go back to videos, and I want to show
you one because it's gonna contrast a lot with some of the other creators like Lorette we have here. Wow. L et's give it that
pull. Okay, not bad. It took me a few seasons to figure out how to
grow carrots well, but I finally did it. So in this video, I'm
going to show you everything you need to
know to do the same. So he's building
curiosity about, what is it that he's
pulling out of the ground, and then he quickly dives into the content of
teaching you the same. We can look at the
community tab and see what he's doing
with the community tab. His latest post is
about the seeds, which is a part of
his business model. They have purchased this
company botanical interest that actually produces seeds, and they actually sell them now. And so his latest post, not surprisingly
is a little bit of a promo for those seeds. Alright, so let's jump over
to Florett Flower Farms, which is a completely
different style of creator and video channel. So Florett Flower
Farm does the same. They sell seeds as well. They're not pushing
their YouTube channel as much as epic gardening. They have a big audience
on their website, on their email list, as well. But I'm just going to pull
up one of these videos. Okay, so let's just open this one and notice
the difference. I want to show you the
most beautiful thing. So here's our little
old farm track. Failed with all
breeding varieties. So everything that's
in this truck is from the floret
breeding program, and all of the flowers behind me are also floret originals. This is all breeding. This is
what I've been working on. Even though it has been the worst growing
season that I've had in all of our
years of farming, we're still managing to come
up with some beautiful So, still a similar content wise, she's kind of following along, say, Hey, look at
this, but there's no editing, there's no titles. It's just one shot
of her showing that. They have higher
quality documentaries as well that they put out. So let's just watch this
one from the start. So this would be typically a what not to do with
a YouTube video, where that was a
ten second shot of sprinklers with no audio, no voiceover, nothing
except for that moment. But this is their style. Typically, it's slower paced. Let's just show
you the beauty of our flower farm type of video. And that definitely contrasts with what epic gardening does. Definitely a channel
that utilizes YouTube as just an extension of getting their
story out there, but it's not a core
part of their business, whereas the YouTube channel for Epic gardening is
one of the main ways that they make
money because it's the entry point for most
of their customers. Justin Rhodes is a homesteader. So I just wanted to show you, a different style of creator. So he doesn't have
a huge business outside of the content
that he creates. He has a book as well. But you can see, just
from even the thumbnail, that it's that typical
YouTube blogger style, the expressive face, creating
intrigue urine therapy. We don't know what that is, but it looks a little
bit interesting. He has a video about
Carrots as well, but compared to
Kevin's thumbnail, it's a little bit different. So let's just click on this
and see the intra Milk. With two cows now in milk. Have skim milk, which
is a result of us harvesting our What's
happening with this video? The start of the
video, 5 seconds and we haven't seen
anything about carrots, which is what this
video was about, right? Well, that's his style. His videos are just
behind the scenes day in the life of Justin Rhodes and his family on his homestead. And that's what his
followers want to get. With epic gardening, it's more like followers
who want to learn tips about a specific thing,
a specific technique. With Justin Rhodes, it's showing his life on the farm,
on the homestead, and people are interested, even if he's talking about the milk he's getting
from his cows in a video. Carrots. And then the last
thing I want to do is, I'm going to go back
to epic gardening, and I'm going to
go to their videos and look at most popular. So here we have most
popular videos ranging from 10 million views for how to
grow ginger in containers. That's incredible. How to print tomatoes,
6 million views. So a lot of how two tips here. Let me just click
on one of these. I just want to see
what the description The garden. So he has a
pretty thorough description, not too long of an
intro about this video. He has an article that he links to and some sort
of affiliate sale. They also sell
products themselves, the pruners that
he's using ways to support more links to
all of his other things, podcast, discord, Instagram,
et cetera disclaimer. There's a Spanish dub,
which is pretty cool. So these are all things
that I would just look at. Let's pop over to Social Blade, which is a free tool
that you can use. It's a website. Just go
to social blade.com. You can type in the
user name or copy and paste the URL for a channel
into the search bar, and it will find that channel. On the home sort
of summary page, it has the load subscribers,
the view counts, which is pretty cool
to see it gives a total or sort of like a
grade for this channel, and that's based off a
successful it is based off of, like, recent videos and
growth and things like that. What's cool is it has the
overall subscriber rank per the world, and for the country, as
well, which is pretty cool. It estimates how much money it makes per month and per year. This is the ad sense rating, which have to take with
the Green of salt, depending on the topic. Some topics make
more or less money, but it's somewhere
in this giant range. And sometimes it can be more. Sometimes it can be less. And you can also
see the video views for the last 30 days, which is really cool
to compare channels because let's see what
was that other channel? It was the top channel,
the usted garden. Let's search for
the rusted garden. So this had 10 million
views in the past 30 days. Let's do the rusted garden. Not as big of a subscriber base, 1 million views for the last
30 days. So not as many. Let's go to Florett
Flower Farms, so they have 160,000 views for the last 30
days, Justin Rodes. These aren't direct competitors, but 1.6 million for
the last 30 days. Obviously, the ones
with more subscribers, and that put out more videos are getting more views as well. Another thing you can do is, let's go back to Epic gardening. We can see under user videos, an easy way to just look at their latest videos and the view counts,
easy to see here. And then also the 50
most viewed videos. So you can see, this
is interesting. This did not pop up on the YouTube page when I looked
at most popular videos. Is the world's most
expensive because It's actually including
shorts as well. So that's really interesting. But this tells us, look at what do we see in
common here in these videos, which I believe are
probably mostly shorts. I grew the world's
most expensive spice. I made a Franttein
dragon fruit plant. I created a Frankenstein tomato. I bet you don't know how
Brussels sprouts grow. I became best friends with a trained to Crow
to garden for me. There's definitely a
pattern in the way he is titling his videos,
and it's working. So this is what we can
take from other YouTubers. We can see what they're doing. And maybe I could do a
video in my backyard. I grew a Frankenstein passion fruit vine or
something like that, or I grew a crazy, big passion fruit vine. I don't want to
copy necessarily, but using that structure seems
to be working for shorts. Another thing we can
do is we can see the estimated earnings
for an individual video, which is kind of interesting.
That's his latest. We can go to Most view And
this is just to get you ideas. So, again, I'm not saying
we should just copy him, but we can see what are
his most popular videos? Epic gardening, what are
their most popular videos? And highest rated is going to be Most likes versus
dislikes, I believe. But highest watch videos,
we can see, Okay, maybe if we can create a video about this topic
in our own unique way. That might be the
right video for us. All right, so that is
researching our competition, in depth case study. I hope this gives you more ideas of how to specifically do this. If you have questions, let
me know, but get out there, find those five things
that your inspiration does and keep it in mind for when you are
creating your content. Thanks a lot, and we'll
see in the next lesson.
9. Building Your Community & Why Someone Subscribes to Your Channel: Imagine turning every view
into a loyal follower, someone who champions
your channel and helps it grow for you. That's what creating a community of subscribers with your
channel is all about, and you're going
to learn exactly how to do it in this lesson. A strong community leads to higher engagement
with your channel and more consistent views. Broken down, it looks like this. Community equals engagement. It's people actually
participating in your channel. That engagement is higher views, comments, likes, with your
videos, longer watch time. And all of this equals higher visibility and ranking to more people outside
of your community, and that leads to higher views, and that flywheel kind of just continues to spin and you
can grow, grow, grow. In a world where community
seems to be lacking, there are deep emotional
and psychological reasons why a person simply subscribes
to a YouTube channel, and you can be a part of that solution for someone
by building a connection, by creating a space for someone where they
can be themself, where they can feel like they
are part of a community. And that's what we're doing
with our YouTube channel. So, the step by
step strategies to succeed with growing
a community. The first step is having a strong content
value proposition, having a strong UVP
unique value proposition leads to content
value proposition. Viewers who look at your channel
should know exactly what they're getting and what to expect with your next
piece of content. Step number two is
engagement and interaction. What does active
engagement look like? It looks like,
responding to comments, creating content based off
a viewer's suggestions. Calling out subscribers
by name in your video. These are powerful ways to build that connection
with your followers. Of course, it also
helps to have calls to action that encourage
people to like comment subscribe. However, the repeated, like comment subscribe,
in every video, in the same place in the video, you need to get a little bit
more creative than that. And we've got ways to do this
coming up in the course. The third step is
consistency and reliability. This comes across with a
consistent posting schedule. This builds trust
with your audience so that they can look
forward and know that another video is
coming out soon. I mentioned Ramit Sac and I will teach you to be rich,
channel, and podcast. They put out a video
every Tuesday, and it's something that I as a subscriber look forward to. No one likes to have that
flaky relationship with a friend or a family member
who just doesn't show up, and it's the same with building trust with your viewers
and subscribers. They want to trust that they
will get content from you. And of course, there's
going to be times when you can't provide that,
and you shouldn't feel stuck and trapped to a schedule. And that's where
the next part of this building trust
comes into play. And that's sharing the
behind the scenes, letting people into
that behind the scenes. It could either be on the YouTube channel
itself through videos, maybe shorts, or
the community page, or it could be on another
platform that lends itself better to more
behind the scenes content, such as Instagram or TikTok. Long with being
consistent and reliable, the fourth step is to
create a shared identity. This can be done through
shared language or symbols or jokes that you
have within your videos, or you can make community
specific merchandise something that literally symbolizes the community
that they're part of. That thought. And that's
why we've created this photography
and Friends hat. This is a hat that
we have given out as prizes to the winners of some of our
photography competition. And I love it when
I see people on social media posting photos of themselves out on
a photo adventure, and they are wearing this hat. It's a symbol of being a
part of our community. There's lots of platforms
that allow you to sell merch. We'll look at some
in the future, but this one was created
with Print full. That's Print F UL. Dot com. I just talked a
little bit about this, but the fifth step
is to leverage social media and cross
platform engagement. We know that YouTube
doesn't want to sending traffic
off the platform, but there is a way to use multiple platforms
to grow on both. We can use platforms
like Facebook or X to engage with our vans and
create a community space, or we can use a more
community centric platform like discord or Slack
or even something like circle or Mighty
networks to create a community space
for our subscribers. On those other
types of platforms, it's easier for people
to send us messages, to have threads, and conversations,
and things like that. And then most importantly, if you have an audience
on those other platforms, when you are putting
content out on YouTube, Drive that traffic from
Instagram, from X, from Facebook, from wherever to your YouTube video to give it that initial boost of views. And the sixth tip or step is to highlight and celebrate
your community, feature viewer
comments, creations, or contributions in your videos, post community
challenges or giveaways, and reward the engagement that
your subscribers provide. So let's look at a few real world examples of channels that are doing this in really
unique and great ways. The first is deep
pocket Monster. This, as I mentioned before, is Pat Flynn's second
YouTube channel. He jumped from entrepreneurship to Pokemon and has
created a channel that has grown to over 800,000 subscribers in the
first couple of years. And by now, he might
be over 1 million. But he does a ton of
engagement with his followers. Here's an example of
that with a live stream. You could see the comments
that roll in from all these people that are
watching his live stream. He puts in the
effort into creating these epic intros and
things like that. Here, I'm just going
to jump ahead to him some Pokemon card pack opening. He gives a lot of
these cards away to people who are watching
his live streams. He is someone who has mastered the art of building a community. He collaborates with other
Pokemon content creators, and they've actually
put together a live in person conference for
Pokemon collectors. And so, yeah, he's
the master at it. Follow him if you want to
get a lot of inspiration. Second example is
the outsider MTB. I mentioned, he just makes
videos about mountain biking, local mountain bike rides, but he has built a community. He does a lot of that
just creating using specific language
with his audience that it's sort of
like an inside joke. And then he does group rides. He invites people
to get together from his YouTube following
and to go on rides with. The last example is us
photography and friends. We started out as a community. We have a Facebook group
with over 110,000 members. We have also started
a private community using circle dot SO
as our platform, and we have our YouTube channel now that we are starting out. On that YouTube channel, we are doing things
like live Streams, as well as competitions
like this. You see this photo contest, and that goes back to our Y and our mission of helping people
improve their photography, getting feedback, and
creating powerful images. We're trying to do all of
those things with our channel. But for us, it started
with community and now is leading into
a YouTube channel. The action item for this
lesson is to write down five ways you will build your community
with your viewers, so take into account everything
that we've seen so far. Look at the
inspirational channels you've picked and see
what they're doing. Write down five ways.
You can do that. And then also commit
to responding to all comments on new videos
for the first 24 hours. This really helps
with engagement. YouTube likes to see it. Obviously, viewers
like to see this. So whenever you
post a new video, make sure that you're
paying attention and trying to respond
in a timely manner. In conclusion, remember that your YouTube channel
is more than just a content
platform where you are just blasting stuff
out into the world, but it's also a place
where you're creating meaningful connections
and building a supportive
community for people. By remembering this
and actively trying to create a sense of
community with your channel, you are going to be
more successful.
10. What Types of Videos Should You Create?: You ever wonder why
a certain video goes more viral than others? In this lesson, we're going
to tackle different types of video formats so that you know exactly what you should be
creating for your channel. Welcome to this new section
of this YouTube course, all about strategy and actually creating your channel
and your content. So far, you know the why,
the mission, all of that. And now it's time to start actually putting
things into practice. There are so many different
types of videos on YouTube that cater to
different audiences needs. And in this lesson,
we'll go over the main categories
and types of videos. Ultimately, your choice
should align with your goals, the niche that you are in and the interests of your
target audiences. The first type of video
is educational videos. Cooks is a great example
of this where they use visual storytelling
to break down complex subjects into
digestible lessons. This is what I do as a photography education
channel as well, and what many, many popular YouTube channels do,
teaching others. Example is the Vlog example. And I'm going to use Vlog as sort of a bigger umbrella of not just like the Vlog where we're
carrying around a camera, talking to the camera as we
go about and do something, but just the general follow
my story style of video. Whether you're
traveling, whether you are a gardener
or a photographer, or you're a scientist
or whatever it is. It's just the follow me do what I do in my
life type of video. Casey Neistat is, as I said, the godfather of
YouTube in this sense, who shares his life and
experiences through blogging. And through that he creates a deep connection
with his audience through that authenticity and creative storytelling that
he does in his blogs. Product reviews. This is another type of video
that's very popular. Marques Brownlee, MKBHD is a great example of a
channel that does this, tech reviews, shows an analysis
of different products, the pros, cons, what's good, what's bad, test them out, and just gives that
evaluation for a viewer who is interested
in purchasing it, or just interested
in that product. And it doesn't have to
be like a tech review. It's just product review. It could be makeup reviews. It could be reviews for artist
supplies, whatever it is. This is a great type of video
for pretty much any niche. Our next example is interviews. T ones by First We feast is
a great example of this, creating a unique experience
for his interview guests, where they are eating hot
wings with hot sauce that starts at a lower
hot sauce scale and goes hotter and
hotter and hotter. And their conversations just
get deeper and deeper and deeper and funnier
and funnier and funnier as the hot
sauce gets hotter. You don't have to create
such a wild and unique outlandish type of style there. But just in general,
interview style videos is a great format. It allows you to collaborate
with other creators, which will help you grow
an audience as well. That synergy of both audiences can help both channels grow. Listales are another
example. Watch Mojo, specializes in this sort
of like top ten list. They created for a
number of categories. But you probably saw with epic gardening when we
were doing our research, they have list videos as well, the top ten plants to put in the ground in April or
whatever that video was. So coming up with a list, it's a catchy title and
subject and format. For a video because it
keeps people engaged. People are always wondering,
Okay, what's next? What's the next thing?
What's the next thing? And so it keeps people
watching those videos. So these are six of the most popular types of videos. There's
others out there. You got documentary, narrative fiction type videos,
and even more. Now is the time to
start to figure out what type of video you
are going to be making. And you don't have
to pick just one. But you have to go back to your audience and think
from their experience, what type of video and what format are they
going to most enjoy? Combine that with
what type of video are you going to enjoy
creating yourself? Yeah, making listic videos might do good with an audience, but are you going to enjoy
making list type videos? Interviews are great, but are you shy and you don't want
to talk to other people, or is it just going to be too much work to set up
interviews with other people? You got to find a
balance between what your audience wants and
what you want to create. And you don't have
to just pick one. You can pick multiple
formats of videos. Even the same topic could be
done in multiple formats. For example, if
we were trying to teach someone how
to grow tomatoes, you can do that by
interviewing someone. You can do that with a log where you show behind the
scenes of growing a tomato plant from a seed to a full blown plant with
tomatoes on the vine. You can do that in a
simple educational video. So we're not talking
about necessarily the topic of the
video, but the format. Analyze what you do. So as you put out videos, see what formats work,
play around with it, especially if you're starting a channel or if you're
just trying to grow, there's no harm in just
putting content out there, trying out different formats, and seeing what sticks. The action I am for
you is to write down the three types of videos
that you plan to make. Get that pen and paper out for our case study,
photography and friends, what we're going to be creating our photographer highlight
and feedback videos. This is something that I don't
see a lot of on YouTube, where we are actually looking at the members of our communities, their photos, analyzing
them, giving them feedback. And this is going
to really build that connection and
trust with our audience. We're going to do monthly
live streams with Q&As, where audience can
connect with us. And then we're going to do
impactful photo story videos. These are going to
be more of like a documentary style
video where we look photos that have made
an impact in some way. Maybe it's a very popular image
that people are aware of, and we'll talk about the
photographer and sort of behind the scenes of what it
was like to capture that photo and how it
has impacted the world. But it also might be where we talk to members of
our audience, and we look at their best or their favorite photos and talk about why that is their favorite photo and what kind of impact it
has made in their life. These three types of
videos are meant to build community
with our viewers. So that's types of videos. I hope you enjoyed this lesson. And the next one, we're
going to learn how to master the art of the hook, more important than
ever. See there.
11. The Art of the YouTube Hook: Next few minutes,
you're going to learn this single thing that you can do to sky rocket
your YouTube success. And that's the art of the
hook. Ready to dive in. In this lesson, we have tons of examples to showcase exactly how you can master creating engagement in those first
few seconds of your video. The hook is the first
ten to 20 seconds of a video used to grab the viewer's attention and persuade them to watch
the rest of the content. I would even argue that the first two to 7 seconds are just as important,
especially for short. Having a large drop off rate where people are
clicking onto your videos, but then our clicking away
after the first five, ten, 20 seconds is really
bad for the algorithm. You are not going to rank well
with the video doing that. And that's why we need to make that hook so engaging
and captivating. So how do we do this? Here are my step by step
strategies to succeed? These strategies, we're going to be looking at some examples. We're going to start with
the example for a video if you were looking to travel
to Lisbon Portugal. This is something that I'm
doing currently myself. I wanted to find
examples of videos about that topic with good
and not so good hooks. The first strategy
for a hook is to start with a question or
a provocative statement. This immediately
creates curiosity and encourages the viewer to continue watching so that
they can get the answer. So let's look at a
couple good examples. Our first example is 48 tips I wish I knew before
visiting Lisbon Portugal. Ben is undoubtedly one of the most beautiful cities
in the entire world. But unfortunately, a lot of people don't end
up loving Lisbon, and I think there's a
lot of reasons for that. I just spent a whole month here, and I think I've
identified a lot of those reasons, and I'm
here to share with you. Right. So in this example, he starts the statement
with something a little bit provocative of people don't
end up liking Lisbon, so I'm going to share
those with you. And there's going to be a list. We know that from the title, and that just keeps
people engaged. Our next example is
from Dave in Portugal, the titles called ten
Things not to do. These are ten things you don't want to do when visiting Lisbon. So that hook right there
is very captivating because as someone interested in traveling to Lisbon Portugal, I want to know if there's
something I shouldn't be doing. Here's a completely
different topic, but let's see how they use a question or provocative
statement as their hook. If you had to guess what the 20 most valuable sports teams on Earth are, where
would you start? Say Football is the most
popular sport on Earth. So you'd guess some famous football teams would
be on this list. Real Madrid. Yep,
here at number 11. Manchester United,
Cech, Barcelona, Liverpool, Check and Check. How about that team that won a historic three
trophies last year and is owned by an
ultra rich monarchy? No, not on the list. Alright, so I let that one
play a little bit longer. The first 30 seconds
we're pretty engaging, but it starts with
that question. What would you guess are the
most valuable sports team? And so it starts to get
you thinking, Okay, well, maybe I could get this right, and it has this great
visual of this list. He starts popping in
results from that list, and it just builds
that curiosity, and you want to fill it
out and you want to know if you were right So let's
look at some bad examples, and I don't want to harp
on YouTubers out there. So I don't want to say these are necessarily bad videos
because they actually rank really well
for the topic of travel guide to
Lisbon, Portugal. However, the hook is not
as strong as it could be. First, we're going to look at the Expedia Channels
Travel Guide to Lisbon. The Bugs Capital, Lisbon lies on the Western
Iberia Peninsula, where the Tacs River
meets the Atlantic Ocean. Settled almost 3,000 years ago, the CT predates Rome, Paris, and London by centuries. Okay, so a much different
vibe and style for this hook. It's some sort of just facts about where
Lisbon is located, which for some people
might be interested, and maybe that's what
they are looking for. However, for someone
who's searching for tips, like a travel guide, which is exactly what
this is for Lisbon, they likely already know
where that place is. And so that is just
not a good way to hook someone's attention who really quickly
wants to know, like the top thing
to do in Lisbon or the best places
to visit, et cetera. It's not that this
is a bad video. It has 2.6 million views. So it's got a lot of views, but that hook could improve. Our next example is Lisbon, the ultimate visitor guide, everything you need to
know, pro tips, and more. This is an example of a video that again, it has
a lot of views, so it's not a bad
video necessarily, but let's look at the
hook, and I'll explain. Hey, there, folks, Scottsdale
Travel chick sidekick here to present our ultimate visitor guide
to Lisbon, Portugal. Okay, so we're already almost
10 seconds into the video. And all they've done
is explain who they are the channel and what
the video is about, which we already
know as a viewer because we read the title
of the video, right? So, you don't need
to explain what the topic of the video is if your title says
exactly what it is. In this video, will cover all the cool things
you'll want to see and do on a
visit to Elizabeth, along with how to get there, how to get around, the
best times to visit, the best places to stay the. Even though this is
a little bit slow, I would have just taken
out the first 10 seconds and jumped right into this
list of in this video, we're going to show you
the top things to do, and then maybe
include this list, although I think it
still is a little bit slow and not
as good of a hook. All right, so that was
the first strategy in creating a great hook, which is asking a question or making a
provocative statement. Our second strategy is
to preview the value or outcome that the viewer will
gain by watching a video. For example, this could be
the sneak peak of the end of a DIY project or
a cooking video, you see the final bake or meal that you've made,
and then it backs up. It shows exactly what the viewer will achieve by
watching the video. So let's look at some examples. Our first good
example is this one. 12 essential travel tips when
visiting Lisbon Portugal. If a trip to the beautiful city of Lisbon might
be on your radar, then we'll most certainly
have you covered here. We'll be looking at
navigating around the city, saving some time by
skipping all those cues, how to get the most
from the local cuisine. Where's the best location for
your hotel and a bunch of suggestions for visiting the
popular day trip to Sintra. Alright, so the first
thing that they say, let's watch it one more time because it really piques
someone's interest. Trip to the beautiful city of Lisbon might be on your radar, then we'll most certainly
have you covered here. So they are answering the
question that everyone who is watching a video
is asking themselves, even if it's subconsciously, is this the video that I
should be watching right now? And then they jump into a
preview of the outcomes, which is a list of
things like where the best hotel is and some of those other
tips that they mentioned, and giving that preview
rather than saying, Here are ten tips
for visiting Lisbon. Tip number one is. Tip number two is
they are actually previewing it right here
in the first 20 seconds. Another good example is this
one from New Yorker Ju Hui. Sorry, if I'm
mispronouncing that. Trip to Lisbon Portugal
for five days, 20 things to do in Lisbon
for the first time in 2023. You traveling to Lisbon and
don't know what to do there? Well, here's the perfect five day itinerary
for your stay. So this one asks a question. It says, Are you
traveling to Lisbon, and then it follows up with
the value that you will get, which is the perfect
five day itinerary. Completely different
than the previous video, which was using B rule of the city with some
titles and graphics. This one shows the creator, the YouTuber themself,
on the screen, which is often very
engaging to have a hook, the person on screen. Third way to create a good hook is to use
strong visuals or shocking facts that grab attention and set the
tone for the video. Our first example is going to be Lisbon Portugal Travel
Guide best things to do and eat in Lisbon. Let's watch that. We
made it to Lisbon. So what sets this video apart. The hook for this video
is the strong visuals. Hi cinematic quality. Yes, we got that sort
of intro log style. We made it to Lisbon intro line, but then it cuts straight
to strong visuals, music. And if you are the target audience for
that type of video, that's going to
really captivate you compared to some of the other
listical type videos of, here are ten things that you can do in Lisbon, starting with? Blah blah, blah. So very interesting way
to start a video there. And what I love about
all of these videos is It's all on the
same topic, right? And all these creators
are successful. All these videos ranked well. All of them got a lot of views, but they target a completely
different type of viewer. Our next good example is Lisbon everything you must
know before visiting. Right, so again, strong visuals, very creative vibe
kind of has, like, a Wes Anderson style vibe to me, and that's what sets
that video apart. Our fourth strategy
for a great hook is sharing a personal
story or anecdote, something that
connects the topic to a personal experience, and perhaps something that a viewer's own experience
can connect to. So let's look at
an example here. Dave, again, I was mugged
in Porto Portugal. And before I go into the video, I just want to say that the use of the title and
then just the video the thumbnail itself
with him with the black eye is
very captivating. Unfortunately. Two
of his buddies sucker punch me
right into the face. My glasses fall onto the ground, My nose is bleeding everywhere. And pretty much it's
a three on one. These guys are ganging up on me. Alright, so first 10
seconds of the video. We already know
exactly what happened, but that is what we
came for, right? He doesn't start the
story by showing visuals of Portugal or where
he was when this happened. He doesn't start from the
beginning of the story. He starts right at the climax. And that's what makes this personal anecdote and
this video so captivating. I still want to watch more. I still want to
know what happens, but I don't have to wait to
get to that action point. This is a completely
different topic, but here's another example
of how you do this. Why I choose France over the United States beneath
the surface YouTube? Paris in the 80s. Wow. That was 40 years ago when I was here with my family
visiting as a teen. We traveled around
France for a few days. And from that experience, I walked away with some ideas
about how the country was, how the people were,
how the food was. Those ideas
solidified over time, including many misconceptions, which I'll talk
about in this video. How wrong I was. After just over a year
of being here in France, it's been incredibly wonderful, far exceeding my expectations. So here's an example
of this creator who appears to have moved or visited
traveled back to France. But he starts with the story
of being there as a teen. He includes B roll footage of what France looked
like at that time. Music that sort of sounds like it might have come
out at that time, and it is a great
storytelling technique to get into the point of his
video of where he's at now. Let's look at one more example. This is from Search Party, the woman behind the
North Korean throne. It's February 9, 2018. And a plane is
approaching Seoul, South Korea, with a mysterious
passenger on board. Because of a 70-year-old war, the Korean Peninsula
is divided between a flourishing
democracy in the South and a brutal secretive
dictatorship in the North. All right. The structure of storytelling in this video
is what sets it apart. So we're 17 seconds, and we already know
a few key facts about what this story is about. But it starts with that story. Let me just play
it one more time. It's February 9, 2018. And a plane is
approaching Seoul, South Korea, with a mysterious
passenger on board. All right, that builds
curiosity, right? While I'm doing
this, let me just show you what's
interesting on YouTube is you can see the most
replayed parts of the video. You can see where
there's more retention, and that's something to look at. If there's a high
drop off rate and then no peaks or
replays over here, you know that a lot of people dropped off from this video. But what an amazing way
to start this video, where you could start it
in so many other ways. But again, it starts right
in the middle of the action where the woman is traveling on a plane between
North and South Korea. Fifth strategy for
creating a great hook is to challenge common beliefs. Begin with a statement that challenges an idea and entices viewer to watch to hear you
debunk that misconception. So a couple of examples of this. 27 tips I wish I knew before
visiting Porto Portugal, back to our Portugal videos. I just spent a full month
living in Portugal, and these are the things
that I wish I knew before spending
time up in Porto. So the first thing was a
huge mistake on my side, and I listened to everybody. I listened and thought that Lisbon was the place that you wanted to spend
all your time and not Porto So he's challenging that belief
that he had himself, that Lisbon was the time the
place to be and not Porto. And that intrigues me. I'm like, Okay, why is that? And it's a reason to continue
watching this video. And he has 26 other
tips, basically. Our second example is
from Johnny Harris, who actually started that channel search party
with another YouTube. He's a master of storytelling. This video, Your
supplements are a lie. Already intriguing
Imagine you're getting ready to go to the gym. You grab your keys and your bag, and then you take a supplement. And you feel like it's working. It might be working
a little too well. What you don't know is
that this supplement, one that you bought
at the health aisle at your grocery store, is laced with an
antabolic steroid, an illegal drug invisibly
mixed into this powder. So this hook, combined
with the imagery of the thumbnail and the title is already challenging
a common belief. He's basically saying
these supplements are a scam. They're a lie. They're not actually helping you the way that
you think they are, and that itself is the hook. He combines this
with great story telling sort of building
a personal anecdote, as well as strong visuals to create this very compelling
hook in the video. Sixth way of creating
a great hook is incorporating humor
into your video, using a lighthearted joke aun some sort of humorous
observation that's relatable to your videos topic can make it a very engaging experience. So let's look at a couple
of examples. Here's one. 48 hours in Lisbon from Top Jaw. We f the strip Oh, wow. Alright, so just
those visuals of him being silly, dancing
around, eating, the sort of combination of the
talking in the background, all create this really captivating, joyous,
humorous vibe. Our next example is this
one from Becky and Chris. Different topic, building
a camera charge station in my F 150, blah, blah, blah. It fees like a painfall
field in here. It is so hot out today. I can't believe it. It's ni
emergent 20 degrees outside. Totally different than many
of the other videos we saw. She is not explaining
what the video is about. She is just incorporating
a little bit of humor to get us interested and engaged
in telling this story. So those are six things
to do in creating a hook. What are things not to do? We don't want to have
lengthy introductions, over promise in our intro, slow pacing technical
issues with your video. Obviously, that would be bad, or any sort of clickbait. Remember, one of the core
tenets of this class, and YouTube success is matching a viewer's expectation with
what they get out of it. Even if you have a good hook, if you over promise or if the hook itself is
sort of clickbaity, and then the rest of the video doesn't follow up with
enough quality content, that viewer is not
going to subscribe. They're not going to watch
another video of yours. And YouTube sees that, see that they're
clicking away from you, and that's not going to help with your algorithm,
your ranking. So here's a bad example. Shouldn't say click bait. This is a slow long intro. This is the travel guide
world. Let's check this out. Hey, there, fellow travelers. Welcome back to
Travel Guide World. Your G two spot for
all things travel. Okay, so, first, it sounds
sort of like an AI voice over, but then that first
10 seconds was like one shot that ended
up with a title. Again, we already know as a viewer exactly what
this video is about. We saw it in the title, so we don't need to repeat that. Our next example here
is this one with a very clickbaity
type thumbnail. Let's check out this video. Top ten things to do
in Lisbon right now. Welcome to Lisbon, the city where pastries are worth
waiting in line for, and the trams are more packed
than a cam of sardines. Again, I'm not sure really what is happening
with this video. The thumbnail does not match the style of the video itself. It also sounds somewhat
like an AI voiceover. I'm not sure, but you can
also tell from these videos. We have a low amount of views. And I just have to
point this out. This is, like, funny because
And this top comment is, I would marry the woman on
the cover in a heartbeat. Great id. Thank you. So that is what that
viewer was expecting, and I don't know if they got
it from this video or not, but these slow intros to these videos are examples
of what not to do. Here are seven more
examples of good hooks. I think more examples can help explain this for you better. So our first example
providing a question, VSauce. Here's a great example
here. Let's check it out. Hey, Visas, Michael, here, the Earth is spinning, and we are spinning
along with it. But what if the Earth
suddenly stopped spinning? So the visuals are interesting, but that provocative
question right there is also very intriguing. And we want to know
as an audience. Yeah, what would happen? Here's a great example
of a hook from Casey Neistat for
building intrigue. It's on the topic of
the Apple Vision Pro, a product that has semi
recently come out, and you could start this
video in a number of ways. You could have started
it with showing the preview of the value
you get from this video, but take a look
how Casey does it. Okay. So it's a ten second clip. Video quality is not
amazing. Shaky camera. The focus isn't sharp
the whole time, but it's of Casey riding
down the middle of the New York Street on a skateboard with his
Apple vision pro on it. Build intrigue,
right? It's like, What is this guy doing? What is happening right now? And I want to keep watching. Here's another
example of intrigue. Plan With Stick has this format. I've talked about
their channel before. He reviews small RV campers. But at the start of
all of the reviews, he previews and tells people to stick around
towards the end of the video where
he's going to share his top three things he likes and dislikes about this camper, which makes people want
to continue watching it. So let's see how he does that. Some manufacturers out there, you might have six
different choices of cabinetry lamination, but we've got a
dozen combinations of carrying mountain bikes, and dirt bikes and all that. So that's really
our focus. Get it. You're sick of all these
overpriced overland trailers. So MI. But this one's different. And that's why it's
featured on this channel. I challenge you to build out
an off road trailer from a budget camper manufacturer
like Hiker or runaway, companies I respect, known
for industry low prices. Then compare their built out
budget overland trailers to the Boreas AT. Trust me. There's no comparison.
Same price, but the Boreas AT
is leaps and bounds ahead in terms of quality
components and materials. Stick around though, as usual, I'll share what I like about
this trailer in areas for future improvement
or potential issues this trailer may
present in the field. So that's something
that you can kind of build into the format or structure of your videos to keep people engaged
till the very end. Our next example is a
value preview example. And this is from the I
will teach you to be rich. Channel, how to become a
millionaire on a low salary. Sometimes we see these
depressing stats about how millionaires all inherited their money from their parents. And reality is that is not true. The majority of millionaires are first generation wealthy. And what that means is that
you don't have to depend on having wealthy parents in order for you to
become a millionaire. I want to show you how you
can become a millionaire, even if you were
born into wealth, and even if you didn't go
to an elite college or make $500,000 a year. Okay. So he does a
couple of things here. One is he starts
with a misconception that he is trying to dispel. And then at the end,
he kind of creates that preview of the value you're going to get from the video with the steps that
he's going to teach us. Alright, Our next example of a strong visuals is from
Alex, French guy cooking. How hard can it be to
make a potato chip? What's the guys? So very cinematic, very
visually pleasing. Music is also really great, and it works to keep me engaged. Another example of a personal
story from Sam Newton. Let's check it out. I don't know about
you, but I find this beauty in taking ordinary
footage that I shot with my friends and turning it into something that feels
like it belongs in a movie. Okay, so that's just sort
of like a personal feeling, a personal vibe story, anecdote, I guess, that creates
that intrigue in connection with a viewer
because I can relate to that. In our last example to showcase how to create great hooks comes
from epic gardening, watch this before
you plant potatoes. I'm obsessed with potatoes. You probably love potatoes. And if you don't love
potatoes, L et's subscribe. Go solve the ***** puzzle, 'cause that's what we're
talking about in today's video. Okay, so he adds just a
little bit of visual comedy popping up from underneath the camera with this big potato, talking about how he's obsessed
with potatoes, saying, to unsubscribe, if you're
not obsessed with potatoes. Very funny way to
start this video. In conclusion, three tips to
help you make better hooks. One is to spend as much time creating that first
five to 10 seconds of your video as you think and care about the
rest of your video. If someone doesn't
want to continue past the ten second mark, then it doesn't matter
what the rest of your video Number two is to experiment with the
different types of hooks. We've showcase a lot of
them here in this video. Try out different options and see what resonates
with your audience. Number three is, this is a process you're going
to refine as you go, and as YouTube changes, as trends changes as your
audience might change, make sure you're
changing the way that you start your
videos as well. We showcase this for
long form videos, but this is so crucial
for shorts as well. Thanks so much for watching, and I'll see you
in another lesson.
12. How Many Videos Should You Publish? Your YouTube Content Calendar: Goodbye to last
minute scrambling and hello to a more stress
free YouTube schedule. In this lesson, we're
going to tackle creating a content calendar
that's going to make your life much easier. As I've mentioned before, it's more important to have a consistent schedule
that your viewers can expect rather than putting out more
content than you feel capable of doing. When you are starting a channel, yes, you're going to have to
put in some extra effort. And there's going to be
days and weeks where it feels like you just don't want
to put out another video, but it might benefit the
growth of your channel. That being said, for your personal stress,
personal mental health, not saying you have to do it. It's just that
successful channels generally do put out more
content in the beginning, and then they can slow
down at a later date. I think it's consumers, too, many of us have
gotten to the point where we don't need two, three, four videos a week from a creator
that we're following. Oftentimes, that's
a little bit too much except for
those hardcore fans. But for a general
audience, fewer videos, once a week, once
every other week, or even once a month, is perfectly fine. So how do
we set up ourselves for success to make sure we
stick to that schedule? Here is my step by
step strategies to succeed for building
a content calendar. Tip number one is to
assess your resources. First, you have to understand your capacity for
production, post production. If you're doing this
all by yourself, if you have helpers, many of us are going to be
doing this all completely by yourself. Do you
have a full time job, and are you doing
this on the side, or you have a more flexible
schedule where you can be making videos throughout the day,
throughout the week. Are you jumping full
time into YouTube and you can spend
unlimited time. Time is a very
valuable resource that many people don't have when
creating a YouTube channel. So if you have it, it's
going to benefit you. Money is another asset
that's going to help you. It allows you to outsource, editing, outsource,
help with production. Or purchase tools, AI enhanced
video editing software, things like descript or
even Adobe Premiere Pro, which have new AI
features that can speed up your post production
and production workflow, things like automatically
editing audio, editing videos by transcript, which allows you
to just basically delete paragraphs from
an automated transcript, and it will edit it for you. Descript has a new
tool where if you're recording videos and you're not looking right at
the video camera, and you're reading off of a prompter or screen. It will actually with AI, make it look like you are
looking at the camera. It's not perfect now, but in the next year or two, it's going to get even
better and better. It's not free, but it's
not too expensive. But this is where if you have
some monetary resources, you can invest that into the
production of your channel. Even if it goes
back to equipment, having a simple setup, if you're shooting
videos in your home, if you have a dedicated
space where you can leave up your
lights, your camera, your gear, that's going to make the production process
more efficient. However, I understand that not everyone has that
option for them. Think this is where
we have to get real with ourselves
and say, Okay, well, if I'm having to set up gear, or maybe I'm making videos
out while I'm traveling, going out and capturing stories, that's going to be a lot more
work than someone who is sitting at a desk with a camera that's always there
ready to record, and that person can easily create more content every week. Maybe they have an
editor, they're outsourcing their edits to. Obviously, that's going
to be a lot easier than someone who's doing it all themself outside
of their home. Studio. Just be real
with yourself in terms of how much you
think you can do. Our next tip is to make sure you have those content
pillars identified. Remember we talked
about defining three to five main themes or content pillars that your
channel will focus on. This helps with planning and preproduction of your videos. You don't have to wonder about, k, does this video fit
in with my channel? If you're sticking to those three to five
pillars, for example, with a photography camera
gear tutorial type channel, might have gear
reviews, tutorials, and then maybe photo adventures, and you can fall back on those
three pillars of content. If you really want to stick to a content release schedule, you can use those pillars
as part of your calendar. For example, you can have interviews that are released
once a month or once a week. Then the opposite weeks, you can release tutorials. Peter McKinnon did this with
his two minute Tuesday tips. He used to do these shorter. They were never
really 2 minutes. I ended up being a lot
longer, but every Tuesday, he would release a new
photography tip or Tutorial. P got used to that and started
to expect that every week, and it gets people coming
back to your channel, subscribing to your channel
because you're sticking to that schedule based off
of your pillar content. Same time we want to
stick different pillars. We also need to diversify
our content formats. For most channels,
you're going to grow with a variety of formats. I'm not talking about the topic or theme of the
video necessarily. I'm talking about
long form videos versus shorts or
shorter form videos. You might be able to put
out shorts every week or a couple times a week and then
put out longer form content. Once a week or every other
week or once a month. Our next tip is look at
seasonal and trending topics. So beyond your week to
week day to day calendar, it's a good idea to
step back and look at the overall calendar
and think about if there's any seasonal trends or days of the year that are
important within your niche. And even if they're
not important to your niche or the topic
that you make videos on, you can still capitalize on something that's
trending by connecting that trending moment with your own videos and
your own storytelling. And we're going to look at
examples of this coming. It's all great to say, Oh, yeah, you should have a
content calendar, but how do we actually do that? That's when it comes
down to scheduling and flexibility
within that schedule. You can use a tool like Google calendar to
block out days, making sure you actually put
videos on your calendar. You can use a tool like
Trello that is sort of like a big sticky note white board where you can add notes to
a board, move it around. I use Trello for my
production schedule for my YouTube videos, my course videos, and all the other content
that I'm producing. And it's really nice because you can have different
boards for different content pillars or
content formats. You could also sync it up to Google calendar so that when you have a task or a little sticky
note on your trello board, it automatically has
a calendar due date for that specific note, and it will appear
on your calendar. Something that I've had
some success doing that has increased my production
is block scheduling. That means that for
different days of the week or different blocks of weekly schedule, I focus on one area of my job or one
area of YouTube production. For example, on
Mondays and Tuesdays, it might be pre production. All you are doing
is researching, writing scripts,
preparing for the shoot. Wednesdays might be Shoot day. You're out filming
on Wednesdays. Thursday might be
post production day. And then Friday is going to be the day that we're
actually publishing, scheduling out these
videos online, creating ancillary
social media content, connecting with other
creators and all of that other stuff that goes
into being a YouTube. Out block schedule, I find that every day looks a little
bit like the same. I hop on my computer, I check e mails, I
check social media. I watch a YouTube
video here or there. I get a little bit
of production in, a little bit of editing in, a little bit of scheduling in, but it's definitely not as
efficient as a block schedule. So if you haven't
done so, try it out. The same time that we
want to have a schedule, give yourself some grace in terms of stepping
away from work, stepping away from YouTube. And also, if there is something spontaneous
that comes up, maybe there's a
new partnership or a seasonal trend or a new topic, AI starts trending and you
want to make some content related to AI or whatever
the next big thing is. It's okay to step away from your content calendar and focus on something
fun like that. And the last step is to batch produce and have a
publishing cadence. If you're struggling to put out new videos consistently. Think about what your
production schedule looks like. Are you trying to make a video every single week that goes out that week or the next week? If so, that can get very tiring. And you might want
to figure out how to batch produce videos, where you are recording five, ten videos at one time
in one week. You are editing all those videos
in one or two weeks. And then you have every
other week content or monthly content
for several months. I have had a lot of
success with this with my premiere pro tutorials,
my after effects, motion graphics tutorials,
and photograph tutorials, where when I'm
creating a course, I might turn some of those
lessons into YouTube videos. And I know that when
I've done that, I've had months of content that's coming out on
a weekly schedule. And those are the times where I see my channel grow
faster than ever. It's up to you to decide what
your publishing cadence is. I think it's going to take a
little bit of time to figure out how much you can
produce at a high quality. But remember, we are living in a world of YouTube
where less is more, and a higher quality product is going to be more worthwhile. In putting your effort in, then a bunch of not so
high quality videos. You can also get extreme
with all of this. I know some YouTubers that have a year planned out with
every single video, the dates that
they're coming out. And that's great for them. I can't look that far
in the future myself. I like to have maybe a
month or two worth of content ready and then have those specific days or trends, seasonal things that
are coming out. Like, for example,
for me, I know that in the fall in October, usually Adobe releases all of their big updates for the
year for all of their apps. So I know in October, I'm going to be
ready to be creating tutorials on all of
those new features. So things like that
just keep in mind. All right, let's look at
some real world examples of this in action. So first, let's look
at a couple examples of different types of
content calendars. There is the super
consistent calendar. We saw this before living
big in a tiny house. They put out a new
video once a week. And it's just once a week, same day of the week, they release one video. It's one content pillar, it's one format, and
that's what they do. It's super consistent, just
like a television show. A consistent calendar looks
like this. City Beautiful. They put out one video every two weeks or so,
but it's consistent. There's no months where
you look back and you see, Wow, they didn't put
out a video at all. It's not necessarily the
same day of the week, every week, but you can expect a new video every
couple of weeks or so. Here, we have a not frequent, but semi consistent calendar
from Bernardo Bacal. As I've mentioned before,
does these nice travel blogs, It really is based off
of his travel schedule. And you can tell
that some of what he releases was filmed months
ago during the summer. He'll release something that he was doing in the
spring or in the fall. He'll release something he
was doing in the summer. And he's a creator
where I wish he could put out more content because I love all
of his videos, but it's definitely
not frequent, and it's not consistent
to a T. However, he still has success. So this is a good
example where it's not always necessary to have
that strict schedule. Let's look at an example
of seasonal content. Trout and coffee, I mentioned, is another YouTuber that kind of goes against
the grain of like the fast pace editing in
your face style of creation. His seasonal content comes in the form of literally
following the seasons. He lives in a cabin in the northeast of
the United States, and a lot of his videos
are about capturing the fall foliage or the first snow of the
winter, things like that. And so he's literally following the seasons
with his channel. An example of trending
content flexibility and being able to follow something that's trending and make
something for your channel. Is Casey Nat put out this New York City
is underwater video. And this is when they
had a huge rain storm, and there was a lot of
news coverage of it. So Casey getting out there being sort of
the man on the street, just filming what was going on. It was a great video for him
to put out because it was a trending moment that
day and the next day, and it got 4.7 million views from most of
those from that week. So this is an example
of a newsworthy story. Something happens in
your local area that is worldwide or national news. It doesn't make sense to
make a video about that. It really depends on
what your channel is. Casey's channel is
just about his life. His story, a lot of it is just like living day to day
in the places he lives. So this makes sense. If you have a channel where you are
focused on cooking, I'm not sure if making
this video makes sense. However, you could come up with ideas that connect the two. Perhaps you are a
gardening channel, and then there's
a huge rainstorm. You can make a video about harvesting rainwater
or the benefits of rainwater for your garden. Try to come up with ways that your audience would be interested
in that trending topic. In conclusion, it's important
to have a good balance between planned and
spontaneous content that caters to your audience
expectations while also allowing you to capitalize on anything that is
trending in that moment. I know this can be a
little overwhelming, but you should start simple. Start with, I want to
put out one video a week or every other
week and start from there and then ramp
up and add maybe another weekly short
or twice a week short, but start with what you can do. And this is a good
thing to look back on every year or in the
middle of the year. And this is also
something you can look back on and
adjust over time. Don't stick with something just because you started doing that. Think, I this working for you? Is it working for your audience? Thank you so much for watching this lesson and then I hope it helps you with your own
YouTube content calendar.
13. Creating Evergreen vs. Trending Videos on YouTube: What is Better?: Rather have explosive views with your latest video or views, weeks, months and
years after you post. Or maybe you can do both. That's what this lesson on Evergreen versus trending
content is all about. Evergreen videos are the ones
that people are going to be interested in viewing weeks,
months, years afterwards. They're still
beneficial to viewers, and they're not tied to
something that's trending or seasonal or something that's
going to get outdated. Trending videos, it's just that it's something
that is trending, something that's going
viral right now. And in a week or in a
month or in a year, it might not be as
interesting to watch. You could think of
sporting events, a typical game from a few years ago in the
middle of the season. That's not really
evergreen content. Perhaps the highlights
of that game, if something really epic happened during
that game would be, but the game itself
is not something most people are going to be watching years into the future. Both have value.
Evergreen content, it provides that
sustained traffic and engagement over time, where many of your new subscribers might come from and find value in your channel. They might see that you have
this library of content that is very interesting to them that they go through
and they watch it all. But trending content
is really great, too, because you can get
quick spurts of traffic, and it helps YouTube
see that you are someone that's putting an effort to grow your channel, and you're going to get new
eyeballs on your channel, but you need that
evergreen content to keep them engaged as well. So let's look at the steps to succeed with both Evergreen
and trending content. The first step is to identify the Evergreen topics
in your niche. Are there any foundational
topics for your topic? Are there how to guides, tutorials or frequently
asked questions that you can make a video on that anybody interested
in your topic, especially those that are new to that topic, would want to watch. Are great videos to make. You can do research
on this using tools like Google Trends or AH RFS, or even AI tools like
Chat GPT or Google Bard, where you can literally
ask for a list of good Evergreen topics,
that's what I would do. And also, looking
at Google Trends, you can see search volume
for different topics. And if there's topics that are growing,
that's really good, but you want to see
consistent growth or consistency to know that
it's an evergreen topic. It's also a great tool to use
to find trending topics in your area because
it gives examples of keywords and
things that people are searching for right now that are exactly
that are trending. In terms of creating
this evergreen content, it's important to make
sure that the production itself looks and feels timeless. So this comes in
what you are saying. So you might not want to
start your video saying, Hey, it's me here, Phil. It's December 1999, coming at
you with this new tutorial. That's going to make it
look really outdated. So whatever you can do
within your production itself to make it feel timeless, and not time stamp it to
a specific date is good. At the same time, be
willing to update things. While you can't change
the content itself, you can update the title, the tags, the description, you can add a new thumbnail to make it more
relevant or keep up with whatever the trends are with thumbnails and titles
and things like that. For example, many
YouTubers don't do this, but now we have things
like tags. You can hash tags in your titles, you can tag other creators. You can put emojis
in your titles, all of these things
that make titles more visible we
couldn't do before. So it might be a good
thing if you have an existing channel
to look back on your videos and look back
at them and see if you could update them with anything that makes
it more clickable. For trending topics, one
thing you can do to make it easier is to develop that
quick production workflow. It's going to get easier
to make videos over time, and if you're doing
this yourself, then you're the one that's
going to have to do it. You could always outsource a video edit for a trending
topic if it makes sense. But for your own sake, you can come up with things like templates for your video edits, templates for your
graphics, within the video, having a library of music, stock, video, B roll, all of those things ready
to go if you need to make a video in the
next day or whatever. All of that will
allow you to make a video quicker if
there's a trending topic. And in terms of
finding those topics, it's just about paying
attention to what's out there, what's happening in the news and being ready to jump on it. AI is the trending topic Ala mode. It's in fashion right now. It has been and will be for
the next several years. I was not afraid to be an
earlier adopter of Chat GPT, and I jumped on creating educational tutorials and
courses on that topic as well. And it not only benefited my audience because I
can teach these tools, but it benefited me as
well because I was one of the early teachers of this content on
platforms like to me. An example of this is AI. It's Ala mode. It's
what's in fashion, and It can feel a little
bit scary to be an early adopter of so many new things that
are always coming out, but you have the flexibility as a newer YouTuber to jump
on these new trends. Whereas older more
established YouTubers might, and I don't mean older, but I
just mean more established. They might have a
content calendar and schedule that's
already set up. They might be in the middle of productions that take
months or weeks, and they can't jump
on a trending topic, but you are more nimble. You should be more nimble and flexible to jump on something
that's more trending. And know that even on
these big new topics, you can try to tie it to whatever your topic
or your niche is. And I don't want you to feel
worried to make a video because it's a great opportunity as a smaller YouTube to do so. YouTube wants that content, even if it's coming
from a smaller channel. Our last tip is to find that
balance within your content. It's good to have a
foundational layer of evergreen content. Like I said, when someone
comes to your channel, either through that
Evergreen content or through a trending video. It's good to have that
Evergreen content that they see, Okay, there's a batch of videos
that I'm interested in, and it might take two, three, four, five videos for them
to subscribe or more, but you need to have that. And if all you have is
trending videos that might not be interesting for a new viewer or new subscriber
to watch right now, that's not going to be
good for your channel. Let's look at a couple examples
of videos that do this. First, we have a smartphone camera techniques
video from MKBHD. He does all kinds of trending videos on all the
latest tech gear. However, this is a good
example of an evergreen video where it's likely going to be
beneficial for many years. Yeah, there's going
to be new phones with new capabilities, and this is a video
that you might need to update every few years. But for several years, it's going to be a really
great evergreen topic. An example of a
trending video is the Olympic trick shots
video from Dude Perfect. Yeah, it's going to be
interesting to watch more so than some videos
years down the road. However, the traffic
that's going to come to it is
mostly going to come during that initial Olympics
where they launched this and potentially when the next
Olympics happens as well. A more balanced approach
example is Yoga with Adrian, who's one of the biggest
yoga instructors out there on YouTube. She put out a video that was
Yoga for uncertain times. This was during the pandemic, and it's a great video. For that moment. But it's also a
video that contains content that is still
relevant today, even though the marketing or the angle of the video is something that's a
little bit more trending. People are always going to be going through
uncertain times, even though this video was likely put out there
because of the pandemic, because so many people were
uncertain about that moment, and it was perfect
to come out then. But still, someone
that watches it today will find
some value from it. So let's look at what types
of videos I could put out for the photography and
Friends channel that are both Evergreen and trending. There are so many opportunities
for evergreen topics, any sort of basic, how to introductory, lesson
educational content. We've got editing tutorials that could cover the
basics of editing portraits or landscape
photography and try to make it where it's
not program specific. You could do a specific light room portrait
editing video, and that's going
to be pretty good, pretty Evergreen for many years, unless it's something
where like some of my old content is a little bit outdated because the
interface has changed. There's new tools
within Lightroom. There's a whole new process
for editing portraits. So I've updated those videos, and still that's a good video
to have for years to come. But it might be a
better idea to create a program software agnostic style editing
tutorial where you're really looking at the art behind what you are
editing and how to edit, and it's not tied to
specific software. Other example is photo blogs. I'm creating this channel
for someone like me, and I love watching
photographers out there capturing
amazing photos, and that's just content that
even if it was years ago, it's still very interesting. In terms of trending content, looking at AI for
photographers or any of those new features or new
photography tools or apps, new gear reviews, that is all good trending content to be putting out there
when it is trending. The end of the day, it's good to incorporate both, as
we've talked about, having that Evergreen content, will sustain the channel
for the long term, it will encourage
people to subscribe. It's that library of content, that a new visitor
to your channel, whether they came from an Evergreen video
or a trending video, they'll see that and
they'll find value in it, and they'll be more likely to subscribe versus if you're
just doing trending content, it's a little bit harder to
have that sustained growth. Also, if we're looking down the road at ad
sense and revenue, Having views in
your older videos is going to be really
good compared to if your videos just get a bunch of views that first week or month
that you launch it, and then they fizzle out and don't get any views because it's on a topic that is
so yesterday, right? So having those evergreen videos will help with revenue, too. Thank you so much for
watching this video, and we'll see you
in the next one.
14. How to Design Clickable YouTube Thumbnails: The very first impression you'll make with a viewer.
It's the thumbnail. In the next few minutes,
you're going to learn the core elements of creating a great clickable
thumbnail that stands out in the crowded YouTube feed. Welcome to this new section on optimizing our
videos for YouTube. This is a super
important section. So let's get going. Thumbnails are super
important period. You should be spending
almost as much time thinking about how
to create a good eye catching thumbnail as you do thinking about your
video topic itself. It is so important and many
YouTubers overlook this. The thumbnail and the title form the primary decision
making factor for someone choosing to watch your video or not.
So ultimately, You don't have a good thumbnail. It doesn't matter how good your video is because fewer
people are going to see it. In this lesson, we're going
to see a lot of examples, and so let's get straight into the step by step
strategies to succeed. The first step is to understand your audience and your niche. Analyze what the common
visuals, themes, and styles are in your
genre, in your niche, take into account
the demographics, the common interests and
themes within your audience. At the same time, we
have to take that with the grain of
salt because we don't want to necessarily just
create thumbnails that blend in with the rest of what
is out there in niche. We want to figure out
how to stand out, too. The second step is to
use high quality images. Many people will
either just take a screenshot from the video itself or use some generic stock photo that they found. You can get away with using
either of those or both of those if you have a really high quality
image that stands out. However, most likely,
it's going to be better if you take separate
high quality images. And that starts
with a photo from a higher quality DSLR or mirrorless camera,
perhaps an iPhone. But not just screenshots. There are so many
design tools out there, and you can use whichever ones that you
are comfortable with. Most of them can
do similar things. Canva and photoshop are the ones that I
use and recommend. Canva is probably
the one I recommend more now because it's
online, it's web based. Before, it used
to be that, like, removing the background
from a photo. So if I wanted to have a
thumbnail with my face in it, it was hard to do with Canva, or it just didn't look good. But now the automatic
background remover honestly better with Canva
than photoshop. It's insane. I don't understand how photoshop hasn't figured this out yet. They have a good tool. And
for thumbnails, it works. However, Canvas is even better. Canva has built in stock photos, but you could use other
stock image sites like Unsplash and
Pixabay for free, or sign up for any sort of stock service like in vado
elements, which I use, which has images, roll, footage, music, graphic templates,
and everything else, all in one package. Journey and Dolly are
great tools as well that are getting
better and better at creating AI generated images. Once you have a good photo, it's time to put that
together in a design. And how do we make it stand out? We want to use vibrant colors. Vibrant colors stand out in that feed of video thumbnails. Contrast the image, high contrast is also
something that stands out. Something that I
like to do is when I'm putting out a
video on a topic, I will see what are the video
thumbnails for that topic? And how can I contrast that? Can I use a different
background color? Can I use text in a different
way or use my face, if all the other videos, don't use a face, something that differentiates your thumbnail so that it pops out of
that background. I would use text sparingly The trend is that text on thumbnails is not
necessary anymore. It used to be where everyone was using texts in their images. But nowadays, it just doesn't seem like it's what is
getting the clicks. If you do have text
in your image, make sure it compliments
the title and it is not just a repetition
of the title. Think about how can you use
texts to build intrigue, to make someone want
to click your video. And we'll see some examples
of this coming up. But that's what
you're trying to do, ultimately with your title and your thumbnail is Build
interest and intrigue. O bviously, this
goes without saying, you got to make the text big
enough so that it's visible when someone's scrolling through their feed on a mobile
device or on a computer, and that text shows up
really, really small. So less is more. If you're not doing it already, use faces and emotions
in your videos. It's just what works. So if you're not doing
it, you should start. And this also goes back
to higher quality images. Again, finding a screenshot
from the video is not likely going to work
as well as if you can take separate
reactionary, emotional Photos of you or whoever's in the video that draw
and capture attention. Our sixth tip is to maintain consistency in the branding
and style of your thumbnails, Cb hammer, and we'll see examples is a great
example of this where you know it's a cab
hammer thumbnail because of the way
that it's laid out. And the style of editing. Same with living big
in a tiny house, all of their thumbnails
have the same template so that when their videos
are released in the feed, people know exactly what video
that is and who it's from. If possible, my last tip
is to use AB testing. This is where you have a video that shows one
thumbnail to some people and one thumbnail
to other people. Not everyone has access
to this feature. It is available for
built into YouTube for some channels that have
their controlled experiments. However, you can also use a
tool like Tube Buddy that helps run AB test for things like your
title and your thumbnail. And all it will do is
it'll release your video. See which thumbnail is
getting more traffic, and then it will help
you pick the one that obviously has a higher
click through rate. If you're not using
one of these tools, it's a little harder
to do on your own. However, you can do this over time where you can choose one thumbnail
style for a video. Then if you have
another video that is on a similar topic
is a similar format, and you do a
different thumbnail, you can see which one gets
more engagement initially. Also, you can go to your
older videos and update the thumbnails and see if that
changes anything as well. I would definitely
recommend doing that. To modernize your existing
library of footage. Alright, so let's look at
some real world examples. First, starting with someone who puts out super high
quality images. Peter McKinnon is
a photographer, so it's not surprising that the image quality of his
thumbnails is very high. He puts himself
in the thumbnail, as you can see here, one has text in it, but the other two are
literally just him. You might not know
Peter McKinnon if you haven't seen them before. If you've seen him, he's very recognizable with
his skinny jeans, his hats that he wears, his long hair, and
beard, his tattoos. And so even if you can't
see his full face, you know that's Peter
McKinnon in that image. And that alone,
because he's built a reputation on YouTube for so long and has so many
subscribers and followers, having him in the thumbnail is going to make
it more clickable, versus if he was just putting
out the same exact video, but some random stock
footage photo of someone with a camera
or someone walking by a body of water,
that's not going to work. Drew Binsky uses vibrant
colors in his thumbnails. You can see that
in these examples, super high contrast, the
saturation is really pumped up. Not only that he uses
faces and reactions, that capture emotions, that one title with
the text in it, 61 years, no sleep. It adds to the title, which is he hasn't
slept since 1962. Doctors don't know why. Both of those together kind of add to make it more intriguing. You see the thumbnail
first, and you say, 61 years, no sleep.
That's incredible. And then you read the title,
and you're like, Wow, 1962, that seems like
a long time ago. And so both of those
actually work well together. I know not everyone's
going to want to do such reactionary,
emotional, overdramatic faces in their thumbnails. However, all I can say
is that it's what works. Ramat Safety is another
person that does this, and he does it in a little
bit less outrageous way. You can see here he
puts his face on top of a descriptionary image of
what the video is about. So, for example, the
one on the left, it says, you've been lied to. And that's intriguing.
You're like, what have I been lied to? And then you see the house
burning in the background. And then the title adds to that. Why don't own a house
as a multi millionaire? All of that together combines into something
that's intriguing. The middle one is just a
standard episode of his podcast. And many of his
podcast episodes, the thumbnails follow or have a same template where it's
a quote from the podcast, and then it's him reacting. Then on the right,
you see the last one. The text Genzy is giving up And this was one
where actually the text in the thumbnail matches, I think, too much to
a t to the title. I think he could probably
tweak that a little bit. Even if it says, why is Genz giving up or why has
Jen Z left the boat or something a little
bit more punny or creative in terms of that text on the thumbnail,
might be interesting. However, the reaction that he has makes the viewer wonder, okay, what's going on. And again, he's someone with a recognizable face,
and as you grow, your channel and become
more recognizable yourself, putting your face is just going to make those videos stand out. That's also why reaction videos
or videos collaborations where someone with a
smaller YouTube channel puts the face of their
interviewee on the thumbnail, or if they're doing a reaction
about a certain YouTuber, they'll put that
bigger YouTubers face on the thumbnail because it's going
to get more clicks. Then here, we've
seen this before, but that consistent
branding can help. I have two action items for you. One is to look at the
trending page and see what all the
thumbnails have in common. Is there anything
that now is trending? Because over time,
these four elements and styles might change. Also, for your particular
niche, search for a topic. I'm going to do this coming
up in the case study video for this lesson. But I want you to do this for your topics because what's
in your niche might be different than
what's typical for your standard video
that's trending. So in conclusion, my three
final tips for thumbnails. One is, make sure you spend time focused on creating
great thumbnails. If you can't do it
yourself, outsource this. This is probably one of
the cheapest ways you can increase your
success on YouTube. Spend ten bucks on fier or upwork.com and have someone else make a more eye
catching thumbnail for you. Two is experiment, experiment
with different styles, different formats,
with text, without, with your face, without
to see what works. If you can and you have the
money to invest in two buddy, use the AB test option to AB
test, different thumbnails. Three, your thumbnails are
going to be a balance. It's going to be a balance
between visual appeal, clarity, and brand consistency. But at the end of the
day, as I always say, make sure you match the
viewer's expectation with what's in the thumbnail. Years ago, it used to be easy
to trick the algorithm by putting any sort of beautiful
person on a thumbnail. People would click that,
and then it would be a video on something
completely random. That doesn't work anymore. That hurts your channel,
it hurts your videos. So make sure what's in your thumbnail represents
what's actually in your videos. Thank you so much for
watching this lesson. In the next video,
I'm going to be doing a case study
behind the computer, and I'm going to be showing
you what I would be looking at to improve
my thumbnails.
15. Case Study: Analyze Your Competitor's Thumbnails So You Can Stand Out: Come to this case study video, another one where I'm
going to get behind the YouTube screen and
actually walk you through what I would do to analyze
YouTube thumbnails and to help me determine for myself and for my channel,
what I should do. So the first thing I said was
to go to the trending page, and you get to that
currently by clicking the little YouTube menu hamburger option over
here on the left, going down to explore
and choosing trending. So first, let's just go through and see if
we see any sort of style or thing that stands
out with these thumbnails. Some of them appear like, actually, they're
kind of hard to see, but those are the ones
with the music videos, and perhaps the
music video videos, the music video videos. The music videos don't
need captivating of an image because
they already have a following that's going to be watching and
listening to that video. However, a more
visible thumbnail would not hurt
this video at all. Here's an example
of three faces. So text, not a pro, and then three faces
with reactions, probably the player
in the middle. And then two reactions on
either side is pretty good. This one, I built an invisible
katana from Mike Shake. Here's an example of a high quality image
where obviously this is not from the screenshot
from the video itself. It is the probably something
that they shot separately. Someone edited that together, and just much, much
more high quality. So just going down
the list, again, we got some images that
this is pretty contrasty. We have this smiling girl and then this creepy dog day
animatronic right there. Would probably put her a little
bit bigger so that she's more visible because I'm
zoomed in here on the screen, but realistically, I'd be
looking at a screen like this, and that just doesn't stand out. But it's important to look at your screen when it's zoomed
out so that you can see, k, what does stand out? These videos are typically
doing well because they're from creators who have an existing audience that
can drive that traffic. However, if you were
not Doug Demuro, I would be making the thumbnail with a separate image of myself, my face big on the screen with the same reaction that
I assume he has here, but so you can see his
face more visibly. One thing that I
did not mention in the last lesson to help
your thumbnails stand out, and more so on the dark theme. So if we view the
dark theme here, and you can see in your
analytics, I believe, if your subscribers are
using dark or light theme. Because for a video like
that one I showed down here, the Star Wars outliers, and then also we played a
YouTube simulator thumbnail. It has this border here. And that border helps it stand out on this black background. If it's a color border with a little bit
of a darker color, it will also help it stand out on the white
background as well. So the 20254 runner
must have just come out because we see some
videos about that, several videos about that. And that's what
we're talking about, we're talking about,
creating trending content. Eclipse that we had in
2024 also just happened. So that's really good
trending content to create videos about. All these creators are doing a lot of what we've
seen already. I think it's going to be more important for you to look at the specific topics in your niche to see what
people are doing. So, let's look at, when
I search for Light room, the light room channel pops up and then videos
from their channel. So they get a little
bit of extra weight because their channel
matches the keyword. And sometimes YouTube
will surface a channel if it's about a
particular keyword like this and their
videos first. However, I'm just
going to scroll down here to these videos, which are the first
ones that appear in the regular algorithm
for Light room. One thing I'll note first is
for many of these videos, it has the light room logo. Peter McKinnon has
this one here. If I were him, I would update that light room little
logo in this thumbnail, even though he's probably
using an older one. It outdate dates this video. So it makes it look like a
little bit of an older one. And perhaps there
are some people who would click on his video more if it had the
more current logo. Look at these three videos. Very, very similar. The first two are from the same creator, and the third one is
from a different one. What do these videos use in their thumbnail
to help it stand out? We've got the logo, we've
got the before and after, which is a common light
room tutorial style. But here we have text here and the first one
that says before, after. So it really helps us see it, and it also draws our eye
into that a little bit more. And then here we have
an X and a check mark, which sort of gives
that sense of, like, here's the bad thing, and
here's the good thing. But here look at
their titles, too. I know we're going to talk about titles coming up very soon, but it's worth just
looking at these titles. Ten secret light room tricks
the pros won't share. Intriguing, intriguing. Typically, one who's not experienced in writing
thumbnails or titles for YouTube videos might just say ten Light room tricks for
you or for any photographer. But he builds intrigue by saying ten secret light room tricks, and also that prose won't share. Is my good friend, bring
your own laptop Dan. He's got that video that
is pretty trending, which is great to see for him. Here, we can also
pay attention to the images for the shorts. So it's a good idea to build
something in your short that will be a good screenshot
for your thumbnail. So let's move on to
just photography. So here we have
the latest videos that are trending
for photography. This top one, the text is
a little bit hard to see. I would probably
change that text, maybe put it on top
of a bubble or like a square color shape that makes it stand out more
similar to this next one, which has the expert in Amager
with text that pops out. So that's something
to be aware of. Lots of good high quality
images of cameras themselves. This is where for photography, there's not a lot of that reactionary faces on thumbnails. Is that because photographers watching these channels
don't want to click those, or is it just because photographers feel like they don't want that on their image, but perhaps it would
actually help. And as a new creator
in this space, you might be able to
jump in and start ranking better with thumbnails that have more extreme
reactionary emotions and faces in your thumbnails. Here's a great example of a thumbnail and a title
that is intriguing. The thumbnail says,
Do not buy one, and then the video title
is DJI pocket three, the most honest review on the
Internet. Do not buy one. It kind of says exactly what we are going to get from the video, but now I want to
know why. All right. Let's look at AI photographer or AI photography might be another term that would
be good to look at. Ftopper is here. This is
another good example. The text in the thumbnail, how to fake real photography. And then the title, AI has changed my
photography forever. Both of those combined tell a bigger story about
what that video is about. Good reactionary
face right here. This AI will edit your
photos like a pro. Goodbye photoshop. And I like how they use the
logos of Affinity Photo, Photoshop, these tools
with the little X. And then they have the
check mark for mid Journey. And the title says the
End of photo editing. Very good thumbnail right there. Sometimes simplicity
is all you need. AI is here, and then AI photography is the title of that video, and that worked. Now, scrolling up, I
just wanted to show you, I mentioned looking
at search results for a topic and seeing how you
could stand out with colors. When we look at the first
five images for this topic, which one stands out the
most maybe, the first four. This one right here,
the Sean Tucker one with the redish
orange background. Now, it doesn't mean
that these other ones aren't going to capture
our eye as well. They're all ranked high
for a reason partially because they have
good thumbnails. However, this red one
really stands out. So you can look and see,
okay, with photography, there is a ton of sort of cool
tones in these thumbnails. There's not a lot of that orange or red that
really stands out. See all the blue that's being used I think if we made
light room tutorials, but we put it on a red backdrop or had a red border, that
would really stand out. So by doing this, you get
a better sense of what you should be doing and also how you might be
able to stand out. Hopefully, this case
study helps you out, and we will see you
in the next lesson, which is all about
YouTube titles.
16. Get More Views with Better YouTube Titles: Ever clicked on a video because the title was just
too irresistible. In this lesson, we're
spilling the secrets and creating those titles
that can't be unwatched. And to start off, I want to
give you a quick tip that most top YouTubers do
with their titles. And that is coming up for the title of your video
before you do anything else? Before you write an
outline before you script, before you film,
before you edit, before you come up
with a thumbnail. You should be coming up with
the title of the video. After all, if you
can't come up with a clickable intriguing
title for your video, it's likely a video
that won't be worth making or one that
will get a lot of views. However, there is
a balance here. It's not just words that
should build intrigue. You also have to add
the weight of having SEO friendly keywords
in there as well. We're going to start this
lesson at looking at some example titles have
three different video topics, and we're going to look at what the top ranked
videos are titled. The first example is Apple Vision Pro.
Here are the titles. One, using Apple vision Pro, what it's actually like by
Marques Brownlee, MKBHD. Ryan Tran put out one that was I survived 50 hours in
Apple Vision Pro. And then created by a put out, I Apple Vision Pro a
gimmick or the future? Right, so let's look
at these and think about intrigue versus SEO. All of them have some
intrigue into it, but I think it goes without
saying that I survived 50 hours in Apple vision
Pro is the most intriguing. It's the video that
I would click on. However, if you're
strictly looking for a review of Applesion
Pro, first, if you're looking
in YouTube and you add the key word review to this, then created by EA's video
might come up sooner, or that might be the more
likely video that you click on. And then MKBHDs using
Apple vision Pro, what it's actually
like That gives you a preview of
the value you're going to get from this video because a lot of people
are asking exactly that, what is it actually like
to use Apple vision Pro? Let's look at another example back to our Lisbon travel guide. Here are four great examples. Lisbon, everything
you must know before visiting Lisbon vacation
Travel Guide Expedia. 48 tips, I wish I knew before
visiting Lisbon Portugal. And then Lisbon, the
ultimate visitor guide, everything you need to
know pro tips, and more. All of these videos ranked pretty well in
terms of intrigue, which one do you find
the most intriguing? I would say that for me, the 48 tips I wish I
knew before visiting Lisbon Portugal is probably
the most intriguing one. It gives me a prompt of, ok, what do I wish I knew? And then hopefully it's going to provide those answers for me. The first one, two
is pretty good. Lisbon, everything you
must know before visiting. They capitalized must know,
they capitalize Lisbon, which can help specific
keywords stand out or words that they want to emphasize
make them more visible. In terms of SEO, The last one sort of tried to stuff a lot of SEO in there. The ultimate visitor guide, everything you need to
know, pro tips and more. I would just simplify
that a little bit more. You don't need the and more. That is not doing pretty
much anything for your SEO. You could probably just
leave it at Lisbon, the ultimate visitor guide. Everything you need to know when you use the word and a title, it does have some weight
in being more clickable because it shown that if you're talking directly
to your audience, whether that's in a headline
or an e mail subject line, a social media post
or a YouTube title, that does make it
more clickable. For the pedia Lisbon
Vacation Travel Guide, they added PDA in there
because they have some weight in determining if someone wants to
watch that video. It gives them some credibility. And some people
might be looking up the pedia Lisbon
Vacation travel guide. However, if you're a
new creator smaller, you probably don't
want to include your channels SEO or
name in your title? It's already going
to be baked in to the SEO of that video because you are the channel
putting it out there. And I don't think for the
title, it's necessary. Alright, let's look
at one more example before we get into
our steps to success. Roth conversion, this is
a financial technique and topic that is popular in the
world of personal finance. So a few videos about Roth
conversions and their titles. One, at what point should
I consider making Roth conversion It's great because
it prompts that question, and it's sort of like
talking in my conscious, exactly what I'm wondering. To is, watch this before Roth Converting in 2024.
Trust me. All right. Perfect example of making
this a trending topic, even though it's an
evergreen topic, but you've used a title that makes it more clickable
here in 2024. Roth IRA Conversion
explained. Simple as that. That's probably a very
popular key phrase that people search not just
on YouTube, but on Google. And we have to remember
that YouTube is owned by Google and YouTube videos often surface in Google results. And so having that key phrase is going to help
that video surface. And then also costly Roth
conversion mistakes and how to avoid them, that
should say to them. So that one also kind
of is intriguing. It makes us wonder, like, I want to make sure I'm
not making mistakes, and that's why that
is intriguing. All right, so those
are some examples, and it shows you the range of different titles
for any topic. All of these titles work, and they have different elements to them that we're
going to be going over now in our step by
step strategies to succeed. The first step is to do your keyword research before you even think about
making a video, shooting it, do some
research to see if it's a topic that you should
be making a video on? You can use tools like
Google Keyword Planner, if you have access to it? Tube Buddy VID IQ. These are all popular tools that give you insights to
specific keywords. We saw before where you
can search in YouTube. If you have two
buddy, the extension, it gives you the search
volume if it's trending, if there's competition for that keyword for whatever
you type into YouTube. You can also just do a
search yourself and see, are there a lot of videos? A there trending videos? Are there new videos
on this topic? How many views are they getting How many comments
are they getting? You can use a tool
like Chat EPT or other AI tools to ask
for keywords help. And using AI tools like this is a great way they're
going to get better and better to figuring
out what topics you should be actually
making videos on. You want to set yourself up for success and make sure people are actually searching
for your video topic before putting in the effort
to make that video, right? The second step in terms
of your title is to incorporate your
keywords strategically. Saw in those example titles, there's really three approaches. One is just a simple build
intrigue and not really worry about the SEO and key
words of that title. The second is strictly
a key word approach, where it's like the
Portugal travel guide. And then the third is a
more balanced approach. I think you should try to do
a more balanced approach, where it's 24 things you need to know before your trip
to Lisbon Portugal. One strategy that can
work is including your main key words
earlier on in your title. We saw in that
example with Lisbon, a lot of them had Lisbon
as the very first word. And that helps as a viewer who's searching for a Lisbon
travel guide to see, Okay, this video is about
Lisbon specifically. Perhaps you are
making a video about all of Portugal or
a trip to Europe. And you've been to Lisbon, but you don't want to include that specific Lisbon keyword in your title because
it would be too specific to what your
video is actually about. And that's a case where
it wouldn't work to include Lisbon right
there up front. However, if your video is
a Lisbon travel guide, having that keyword at the
beginning is very beneficial. The third step is to promise
value or evoke curiosity. We don't want to be click Baty. We want to be honest about
what our video is about, so we match their expectations, and we've seen this
over and over. We want to build that
intrigue and curiosity. F, something that you can do that helps is use
numbers and lists, for example, three
ways to do XYZ, the top ten tips for
visiting Portugal. 24 things you wish you knew
before visiting Portugal, Lisbon Portugal, 48 things I wish I knew or 48 mistakes
you don't want to make. Those are titles that work
better with that number. If I put two videos out and one said travel tips to
Lisbon Portugal. And then one was nine travel
tips to Lisbon Portugal. The nine title is going to
win nine times out of ten. It sets a clear expectation for what the viewer is going
to get from the video. And it also sets
that expectation that a viewer is going
to want to actually go through each of those tips
and using that format of a title with a number actually results in
longer watch times. Five question format.
We see this a lot. Adding a question
sparks curiosity that a viewer is going to want
to find the answer to. It's just our nature that
if there's a question, we're going to want
to find the answer. This can be tied into using the word you as we
talked about before. For example, a good
title would be What are five things you need to
do in Lisbon Portugal? Instead of top five things in Lisbon Portugal or
top five things you need to do in
Lisbon Portugal, having it as a question
format can help. Next is optimize for length, meaning that you don't want
to have a super long title. Something 50-70 characters
is typically a good balance. Doesn't mean every
title has to do that. But when titles get too long, It looks like you're
stuffing keywords in there. It's just too long
for people to read. Again, people are watching YouTube videos mostly
on mobile devices, and you're scrolling
through the feed. If there's a short, simple
title that hits the keypoint, that's going to be much
more readable for someone scrolling through the feed
than a really long title. So longer is not
necessarily better. L ast tip is to test and refine. You can always update the
titles of your videos. You can do AB testing
with tools like T Buddy, to see what titles work well. I do this with things like e mail marketing where I
can send out an e mail to my audience using two different titles or subject
lines to see what works. Things that I found that
worked well for me with my e mails and my YouTube
videos are adding Imogs, tagging, doing hash tags, keeping it short and simple. Obviously, adding a question or something to build
intrigue as well, and not just focusing on the most bland keyword
robotic title. That could be possible. So your action item
today is to again, look at the trending page and look at what the
titles have in common. And then once you have an
idea for your next video, write down three titles. You don't have to
pick one today, write down three
titles that put into practice everything we've
learned so far in this video. So, for example, for our
photography in French channel, if we have a video topic of photography blog to
Sequoia National Park, Here are four title ideas
that I came up with. One is photographing the
biggest tree in the world. National Park Challenge, three photographers
capture the Sequoias. How would Ansel Adams
photograph General Sherman today and five best photo spots in the Sequoia National Park? Now, this is before I've
even made this video, and these topics are actually
different types of videos. The title of the video might determine the
content itself. And I can use my judgment, I can ask my friends, I can ask my followers which video they are most
interested in watching. And that's before I even
do any of the work, just coming up with this title. So you can see that
I use things like numbering in that
second and last one. I use different key words. So National Park Challenge. National Park, the keyword
is much more valuable of a keyword than
Sequoia National Park or just Sequoia Park. General Sherman is
the biggest tree by volume in the world, and it's something people go
see in this specific park. And so having that in the title also changes maybe who's
watching this video. It might be people
who are searching for that specific location and
not just the general park. I'm curious to know which of these video titles is
most intriguing to you. So in conclusion,
you have to find a balance between
humanistic curiosity, and then the robotic algorithm
that YouTube search is. You can continually
experiment and refine your titles using the analytics
that we have in YouTube, and we'll look at
those analytics in the analytics section, and how you can
see, what title is getting a higher click through rate and all of those
kinds of things. And at the end of the day,
again, integrity is key, making sure you're matching the viewer's expectation with what the title
says and promises. Thank you so much for
watching this lesson. I hope it helps you in
creating more compelling, more clickable titles.
See in the next video.
17. How to Use AI to Help Write Better YouTube Titles: Here's a quick case study in how to use AI to help you
with your titles. So I keep referring
to Google Bard, but really it's Gemini. It's changed name since
Google created their AI tool. With either of these
tools, it's pretty simple. You just prompt it. You can write it in
human natural language, and it can help you out. For example, I've prompted it. I'm making a YouTube video in Sequoia National Park aimed at my target audience
photographers. Come up with five intriguing
titles for videos that I can make Here we have
Capturing Giants, a photographer's guide to
Sequoia National Park, lens among the Redwoods, creative photography,
techniques in Sequoia, et cetera. You can
read through these. You can re prompt it with
things like make these titles more SEO and keyword
friendly for YouTube. Is going to rewrite those
and try to make them more SEO friendly with more
keywords or better keywords. Now, I'm going to
have it rewrite them. But instead, focusing
on keywords, make them simpler, but more intriguing
to build curiosity. How to capture the
grant, secrets from Sequoia through the
lens Unseen Sequoia, Chasing Light in Sequoia beyond the postcard, id in Sequoia, photographing what most miss Photographers Day and
Sequoia start to finish. So you would use these
and combine them. You would take
elements from them. I wouldn't just take one of these unless it
looks really good, although I think all of
these could use some work, maybe even just
taking part of it, Sequoia National
Park photo tour. That's not a bad one. Landscape photography tips for Sequoia National Park,
also not a bad one, but maybe it would be nine tips, nine landscape photography
tips or something like that. So that's how you can use C
chat GPT and other tools. It's the same thing with Gemini. We can copy and paste this
just to see what it would do. And interestingly, it comes
up with some similar ideas. Although it does give us
some more specific ones, Star gazing and Sequoia, Wildlife Photography and
Sequoia, Mastering Macro, Sequoias miniature
Worlds revealed, really cool ideas for us. And I would do this before we even head out on our adventure. Thank you so much for watching, and we will see you
in the next lesson.
18. Optimize Your YouTube Descriptions & Tags: You shouldn't do with
YouTube descriptions and tags is just ask Chat
GPT to write it for you. However, you can use AI to assist you in
writing descriptions, especially when
you have a format. Supercharge your SEO with
proper descriptions and tags. That's what this
video is all about. Descriptions provide
additional context for what your video is about. Provides you an opportunity to include more
keywords that will help surface your
video when people are searching for things that
aren't specific to your title. And also, it gives
you an opportunity to assist the viewer in
doing things like adding chapters to your video so
that they can jump around to parts or rewind to the parts that they
most want to watch, as well as having calls to action to continue
watching other videos, purchase your
products or services, or anything else that
you want to include. Tags are also just as important because it's
literally telling you tube, this is the search term that I want this
video to appear for. So let's learn how to do it. First step in our strategies to succeed is to craft
compelling descriptions. Start with a brief summary of the video in the first
one to two sentences. You don't need to
do more than that. You can include more
information later on, but there's more important
things that you might want to include in that
third or fourth line of your description box. Start with a keyword
friendly but not keyword stuffed description written for a human that
adds to your video. Most people aren't reading
the description of a video. At the beginning,
maybe it's something they click on later on to get some context or
to find something that you're referencing
to in the video. So it's not something
where your description makes a video more clickable. However, what's in
your description will make your video appear
in the search result, and that's where your title and your thumbnail come into play. After those first two sentences
or perhaps even sooner, if you have something
that you're really trying to get your viewers to do is
to have your call to action, and you could have that either
at the very top or down below those first two
descriptive sentences. There is the above the fold
part of the description where viewers have to click on the dropdown button to
view the whole thing, and having a call to
action above that is going to make it more likely that someone
sees it and clicks it. However, there's
only a couple lines that are very valuable. And so there's a
balance in saying, Hey, buy my product here at the very beginning of a
description versus having a description of the
actual video itself and then having that called action. If you can squeeze both
into those first two, three lines, that's even better. Below that, typically,
YouTubers will have chapters if they've included
chapters in their video. And the way you do that is you literally just put
the timestamp. So that's literally
like the time one colon 00 for 1 minute, and then the name
of that chapter. And then for every
other chapter, you do the start time stamp
and then the description. And it'll automatically be
clickable using that format. Below that, I would
include any links to your other social media
channels, your website, or anything else that
is good to have in every video so that if someone
is interested in that, it's there for them. I find that sometimes I'm
watching a YouTubers video, and I want to go
to their website or see what they have to offer, and they have not included
that in the description. To me, it's like, why not? It makes it easy for a viewer
to find that information. We're going to
look at an example of a description
in just a second. But next we have using
your tags effectively. Start by including all of the broad keywords that
are related to your video, but then include some of
those long tail key phrases. For example, I just got
back from a trip to Waikiki Hawaii in Honolulu. So if I was making a
travel log about my trip, I would include the main
keyword of Waikiki, Hawaii, Travel Hawaii,
Hawaii blog, Waikiki log. And then I would include
some more longer tail key phrases of the places
that I visited in the blog. For example, Waikiki
Aquarium or the Honolulu zoo or even traveling
to Waikiki with kids, if that's what my
video is about. Using a tool like two buddy, when you are uploading a video, present you with
options to include that you should consider for
your keywords and phrases. We'll see that in the
later technical section where I'm actually
uploading a video, so that can be super helpful. Again, make sure that your tags represent what's
actually in the video, and you're not just adding tags to your video because you want your video to come up for
some random popular tag. Match that those
viewers' expectations. Third step is to use hashtags. You can actually have hashtags in your title
and your description. And just like any other
social media platform, when you use a hashtag
for a popular term, people can click on
those hashtags and find other videos
about that topic, as well as if
they're coming from another video and they
click on that topic, they will see your
video as well. Currently, YouTube allows you to put three hash tags
in your title. You can include more
in your description. However, I would not put
three in your title. I would probably pick
one at the most for your title and then just use the rest in your description. Throughout your
description, make sure you're optimizing for SEO. So wherever you can, you don't want it to feel
robotic, but wherever you can, add a secondary key
phrase or keyword, add that to your description
wherever possible, wherever it's natural and
valuable for a reader. So let's look at some real
world examples of what the top YouTubers out there are doing with
their descriptions. First up, we're going
to look at a video from Cleo Abram on a video
about Apple Vision Pro. Let's look at her description. So the description starts out. What is the Apple Vision
Pro actually for? This. And that is supposed to describe what
this video is about. And then she jumps right
into her call to action, which for this video
is the affiliate, which is a eight
sleep pod cover. Which for me, she's
allowed to do that because she is now
a bigger Tuber. She has really jumped into YouTube and started
and risen quickly. She's done that through a lot of partnerships and things as well. However, this product
does not necessarily relate that directly with the typical viewer
for this video. So that's where you have to be careful if you're
a new YouTuber. Don't just do these
random brand deals with products that aren't necessarily related to your audience, and definitely not
related to your video. Then she has the rest
of her description. She has her chapters
down below as well. She's also added the caveat that Apple did not sponsor or pay
for this video in any way, which helps make the viewer feel like this is a
more authentic video. Let's look at another example
from Yoga with Adrian. She often uses
hashtags like yoga or 15 minute yoga practice in her titles or
her descriptions. And what's kind of cool
about that if you can create a unique hash tag is then it's easy for
people to find other videos from you
that are related. For example, if you're
doing a series of exercises or cooking videos
or anything like that, and you have a hashtag, people can just click that, and all of your other
videos will pop up. The first line in here description
is from foot to crown. We take 10 minutes on
the mat to stretch connect and release
tension. Great description. It's not super keyword friendly, it doesn't include yoga
or anything like that. However, it explains
exactly what viewers should expect
from this video. She uses that key term 10
minutes several times, which must be
something that she's seen works in terms
of getting clicks. People want short
actionable yoga sessions. She also includes
several other videos. You can see here that
along with this series that people might be interested in after
watching this video. She has some emojis here that tie into
her about M section, and then a little disclaimer
at the bottom as well. Let's look at one more example
about using hash tags, which Tasty often does in their titles and
descriptions as well. Here you can see
they've also tagged different collaborators
that they have worked on in this video. They use emojis to
make this text pop. Have their main called action, which is to subscribe
to the channel. So they have a little
URL shortener here, which probably allows them to track how many clicks
they are getting, rather than just
linking directly to the YouTube channel itself. This allows them to
track those clicks, see what videos they're coming
from, very smart there, description, more ways
to connect with tasty, their music, licensing, everything like that down
below, but pretty simple. It's not a ton of description
about the video itself, just a lot of tagging
other people in the video. And keeping it simple. So, let's look at
a case study for the video that we were talking
about in the last video. The one that I chose
to write this on is the National Park Challenge
three Photographers capture the Sequoias. So here we can see
the description. So who took the best photo at Sequoia National Park,
building that intrigue. I include the hash tags for Fuji film Lika and Hasselblad, the camera models or brands
that we're using. I tag. This should be Sam
Will and Phil. This is tagging the
other YouTubers that we're collaborating with. I have the hashtag for Sequoia
National Park as well. I break down what is in this video challenge so people know exactly what
they're looking for. Not only will I have the
video chapters down here, but I also have key
points broken down here. We have our Instagrams, our community website
down here as well. Simple and not too complicated. Here, I've included in this part right here
some key phrases or key words that people
might be interested in watching General Sherman
Tree, M Rock, tunnelg. Those are all
popular places here. In the Sequoias, but
not something that I'm going to include in
my title, for example. So I use my description
to have that. In terms of the tags
that I'm using, so here are some that I came up with that I would
use for this video, visiting Sequoia National Park, photographing Sequoia
National Park, best photos in Sequoia
National Park. That should be removed.
Photography Challenge, National Park
Photography challenge, General Sherman
Tree, photography, visiting General Sherman Tree. So in summary, make sure that your video descriptions are optimized with the
right keywords, key phrases, using hash tags, using your chapter breakdown, having your call to
action above the fold. Invest time in researching
this yourself. Use tools like Chat GPT to help you in writing a
description. If you want. And once you have a template
that you use within YouTube, you can actually create a description template
for your videos. We'll see that in the
technical section of the class where you don't
have to write everything out, so you're called action
to your website, your other products,
your disclaimers. All of that can be pre
populated within YouTube. Awesome. Thank you so much
for watching this video. I hope this section on optimizing your YouTube
content has helped, and we'll see you in another
lesson coming up now.
19. Turn YouTube Followers into Fans: Secret to explosive growth
for any YouTube channel is turning your casual viewer or even subscriber
into a loyal fan. These are the people
that are going to propel you to success. Every video that you put
out they're going to watch, the retention on those
videos is going to be high. The engagement, the likes, the comments is
going to be high. YouTube's going to love that and push your channel
out to more people. So how do we get
those loyal fans? We've heard this before. We've talked a little bit
about it, but in this lesson, I'm going to break down
specific action items to turn those viewers and
subscribers into fans. Let's get into it.
Can see some of the reasons why fans
are different than just subscribers or followers and why it's important
for long term growth. However, before we dive in, every YouTube channel
is a part of a niche, and that niche is a
community in itself. And the community could be on
just YouTube or elsewhere. But the first thing
you need to do before you even start
a YouTube channel, or if you've already started, but you're not actively doing this is be a part
of that community. So you can really understand the nuances of what that
community is all about, what types of creators
are in that community. What are they creating? What's the language
of that community? What's an area where
you could kind of come in and bring your own
flavor into that community? Because that's what's going
to excite people who are a part of that community and
want to watch your videos. If you just come in assuming
that you know what's what, putting out videos, but you've never really listened
to the community, you've never interacted with
others in that community. Through, I'm talking
about commenting and having conversations
or even off platform. I talking to people on other
social media platforms. That's the first step
to truly being able to turn followers into fans
understanding that community. So how do we do this with
our YouTube channel? You can do this by hosting Q&A sessions, doing
live streams, putting out community polls
in the community tab, somehow involving the
viewers into your videos. So it's not just a
passive experience. Ask for their feedback, acknowledge their
feedback, mention people, give shadows in your videos, tag people in your comments
and in your descriptions, or especially if you
actually have supporters, like if someone's supporting
you through a membership, a patriot, highlighting those
members in those videos. That's why a lot of
people do that support. Not only do they want to see you putting content that
you've been putting out, but they like seeing
a little bit of s and acknowledgment in those
video credits or whatever. All of these things are
free for you to do. It just takes a little
bit of time and effort to put out something that
creates more engagement. The second strategy is offering exclusive content or perks. This could be behind
the scenes content, early access to videos or exclusive merchandise that
you give or make available for members who are part of a patrion or a
YouTube membership or wherever you host
your own community outside of or even
a part of YouTube. I know that with my own
community of photographers, I've mentioned before the
photography and friends, hats and merchandise really gets people excited when we
give those out as prizes, or we make the shirts and things available for
people to purchase, and they can wp the brand, the community when they're
out there taking photos. Third step is to show authenticity and
vulnerability in your videos. This fosters trust and loyalty, really building a personal
connection with your audience. You can use blogs or create personal story videos,
using shorts, YouTube, or off platform to just
share the behind the scenes, share the ups and downs, the process of
making your videos, your thought process
and making videos. And this is another place you can create that interaction, asking people for
feedback, support. I see a lot of YouTubers
who will ask, like, what title should I use, and they have a list
of four titles. Not only does that create that interaction and build
a fan out of someone, but it also helps
your channel because you know what's going
to be more clickable. The four step is to consistently
deliver quality content. Quality content is going to keep viewers coming back
for more and more. Over time, you can
invest in improving the production value
of your videos, and you yourself will
become a better presenter. I know that when I
started making videos and putting them out there into
the world, I was embarrassed. It was a little bit hesitation, not knowing if people
are going to like my personality or how I talk. And some people don't,
and that's okay. Not everyone's
going to like you, the way you present, the
way you tell stories. However, you're
going to get better. Your voice is going
to get stronger. You're going to get
better at storytelling, which is so key to making great YouTube
videos and having success. That is another huge, huge tip. I haven't really hit on
much in this course yet. But incorporating
storytelling into your videos can
really set you apart. If you can somehow build
some funny stories or just somehow add
storytelling elements, even if it's an
educational video or an interview
series or something, telling stories will help. And you're going to get
better at that over time. Fifth strategy is to build
your brand beyond YouTube, whether it's Instagram, X, Facebook, having your
multi platform presence allows you to have different touchpoints
for your followers. Not everyone's just logging
on to YouTube the most. Many people might be on X or Instagram or
Facebook more often. And so sharing content,
sharing thoughts, feedback, connecting with your audience on these other platforms
continues to build your community and basically remind them
that you are there, you've put out new content, and you want them to come
back to your YouTube channel. Now, I don't want to
burn you out with this. There's tools out there
that can make this simple to automate
social media content, to batch process and schedule
social media content. The tools that I've
used in the past that I like are meat edgar.com. And hoot suite.com. So let's look at some examples of YouTubers doing this
in the real world. One is yes theory. In terms of building
community engagement, they are one of the
masters at this. They host local events in
countries around the world. They have a local language, they have merchandise for their brand, and they sell that. That's the main way they get
support from their viewers. And they've really
built this audience around the world
that support them. I wasn't without effort. They are putting
together events. They are traveling the world
and having get togethers. And you might not be doing
that or capable of doing that, or it might not make sense for your channel or your niche. But because they are storytellers
traveling the world, and that's their niche, basically, it makes
sense to have pop up events around the world where
they do meeting greets. For exclusive content, Johnny Harris has
a Patrion account. He calls it the news room. You can see the sample sort
of prices here that he does. It would be good if
you're wondering, Okay, what type of things
should you be giving out? What the price point should be? Just look and see what other creators in your
niche are doing themselves. Johnny offers things like early access to videos
behind the scene blogs of the back end of how their
production process works, producer credits, and even more. In terms of turning
someone into a loyal fan, it can also be
thought of as going from acquaintance to close
friend or best friend. And the only way you can do that is by sharing your honest, authentic self with someone. Daniel Drew is an
example of someone who I find very authentic
in his videos. He shares his feelings. He shares unpopular
feelings that culturally, many, I'm just going to say
men aren't open to sharing. And for that specific reason, he has built a
loyal following of fans on YouTube that really appreciate the types
of stories and the truth that he shares about himself and his
journey through life. So this is a running theme that should go throughout
all your videos. You should always be authentic, but you might also
want to choose topics that lend themselves to sharing more about yourself. For example, this video, he put out the biggest
mistake of my 20s. This is a very real
raw emotional video that someone could put out. And his channel is about
life and the journey of life and storytelling
and philosophy. And so this video might not
be the one that you put out, but find a way where you can talk about the
mistakes you've made. Admitting mistakes is one of the best ways that you
can connect with someone. And that is a good
opportunity for me to share that I've made so
many mistakes with YouTube. I've made so many
mistakes with my channel. And the only reason I'm where I'm at today is because I've put in time and effort over years and years
and years and years. However, I haven't
put into practice all of the best tips consistently
like I should have. And I say like I should have, because If I wanted to grow my YouTube channel and have it be a main
part of my business, that's what I should have done. However, my YouTube channel has always been something
that's on the side that has helped me grow
my main business of online courses and content, but not necessarily just
the YouTube channel itself. That being said, I've made
so many mistakes with my YouTube channel from
making videos that weren't on point to partnering with brands that
at the end of the day, I just shouldn't have
promoted their products. And another example of quality content is
the Jits into Sunset. They have a language that
they use with their audience. They're always asking questions, asking people to comment
and things like that. But the quality of their content is just really good, too. And they don't slack off. They don't put out videos if they're not high quality
up to their caliber. Sana Pencino, is a great
example of a huge YouTuber, 14.5 million
subscribers, who has a multi platform presence,
who has expanded. And, of course,
people like her will have a full team behind
them doing this. And when you're starting out,
it does take extra effort to be posting on YouTube
and on Instagram, and on X, and everywhere else that you need to
be. However, one. You don't need to be
on all the platforms. That's not what I'm saying. However, you should
pick the one that is off of YouTube where
your community lives, where the people in your
Niche typically are. So if it's on dit, if it's on Facebook groups, if it's on X, that's where you should also try to have a multiplatform
presence. I'm going to leave you
with one key point, and that is the strength of your fan base is not
just in the numbers, but in the quality of their engagement and
support for the channel. It doesn't matter if you
have 1 million people subscribe to your channel, if no one is commenting if no
one's interacting with you, even if you get a few views, that's fine, but you
need that community. You need those loyal
fans who are going to be out there on the Internet, defending you, promoting you to the world so that you
don't have to do it yourself. And I hope the
tips that I shared in this video help
you do just that. Thanks for watching, and we'll see you in the next lesson.
20. Engaging Your YouTube Audience with Comments: Ever felt the
thrill of receiving a comment from a YouTuber
that you follow? This is a secret weapon
that you can use to build trust and
create a loyal fan. Let's learn exactly how to
do it in this quick lesson. The first step is to specifically prompt
viewer interaction. Incorporate viewer questions or comments from a
previous video into your current content
showing that that viewer's input has
tangible impact. The strategy isn't just asking people to
comment down below, asking a question,
which is good. That's the first step. But it's highlighting
those comments and reactions so that people know that
you yourself are actually reading them
and that they matter. Potato Jet, he's a
YouTuber who makes filmmaking tutorial
videos, gear reviews. He had a series of videos. I think in most of them, he would actually
bring up the comments from his latest
videos at the end. Just go through some
of the top comments. And I thought that was
a really cool strategy. The next strategy is
having timely responses. Make sure that you
schedule time and we put this as an action
item earlier in the course. But after you post a video, make sure for the next
at least day you are responding to any new
comment as fast as possible. Those first few hours after
a video is posted are crucial for getting into
the algorithm of YouTube. And so if YouTube sees there's automatic engagement and you can create that engagement
by commenting back and having conversations
in your comments. That's going to be really
good for your videos ranking. The next tip is to
highlight and pin comments. So on YouTube, you're able
to pin one of the comments. This is often used by YouTubers to pin a comment
that they've made. However, you can pick a comment that you believe will
create more engagement, get more follow up comments, and use that as your
pin comment as well. One way you can use the comments
is to get content ideas. A specific strategy
would be to have a comment of the weak segment in your videos where you
discuss and give credit to viewers who have contributed
ideas or feedback. So we mentioned that before. But These are the ideas where if you're taking this
course and you're like, Okay, this all sounds
a little general. This is all general advice I
could have found anywhere. Of course, you can find
this advice anywhere. This is not unique advice. However, this is a
specific strategy where if you're not doing this, try it out and see how it goes. See if it does,
create a little buzz, create a little bit
more interaction in your follow up videos. An important step
to success is to handle negative comments
constructively. Definitely don't want to be
someone who's argumentative. There's trolls out there that will never lose an
argument online. And so there's no point in to getting into an argument
with people online. You want to show people
that one you are listening, and two, you are
receptive to criticism. It doesn't mean you
have to back off your morals or say something
that you don't want to say, but it's good to let people
know that you are listening. This will depend on how thick your skin is and how
level headed you can be. It's I think one
of two strategies. You either ignore the trolls, you could delete or
block those comments, although that can start to get add up and be time
consuming if you're a popular YouTube
creating content on sem controversial topics. I mean, anyone can make
a topic controversial, but there's some topics
that lend themselves to more hate
comments, and roles. So you could either
have the route of, I'm just going to ignore
it all, delete it, or you can try to
respond with grace, with humor to diffuse
that tension. A couple of real
world examples of YouTubers who do
this Js into sunset. This is a great video.
You should check out. Remember, the links are
all in the workbook. In most of their videos, At some point in the video, they have some sort
of specific comment that they want viewers
to comment below. For this video, it was they
tell viewers to comment. I can't believe Adam saved
Tanya from the lion. And I read that comment
as a viewer first. I saw that. I saw
a couple comments, and I didn't realize
what was going on. So I was watching the
video, and I was like, Wait for Adam to save
Dania from A Lon. And then it was at the very end of the video where they say, Hey, comment this down below. And I was like, Oh, gosh, they got me again because I
forget that they do this. But it was a great way to
get people to comment. You know, the worst
thing to do is just say Light
comment, subscribe. The second best thing to do or second worst
thing to do is say, like, leave a comment below. Let us know what you
think about this video. The third worst strategy
or now we're getting into a better strategy is to ask
something specifically, like say they were on a safari. Maybe ask, what was your
favorite animal that we saw? Or have you ever been on
a safari? If so, where? The best way to
get interaction is something completely random
and unique like this. Check out other YouTubers
not just in your niche, but first we face they do
pin comments pretty well. Let's go ahead and check out
this video really quick, see what the pin comment is. Today I got pepino, mangos, melon, Pina, Sandia, orange, So this was a little documentary style
video about the frutero. Those are the men and
women on the street of LA that sell fruit
at little fruit carts. And their first pin
comment was thumbed up for all the fueros feeding
the city streets. And so that is a comment
that can get a lot of engagement because
people watching this are automatically going to
be into what it's about. And so having that
at the very top of the comments is
a good strategy. You can see that has a lot of
likes and replies as well. Terms of handling
negative criticism, Johnny Harris is
really good at this. He has a lot of
critiques online. He tackles really
controversial topics. And because YouTube
is a global platform, there are inevitably
parties on either and all sides of these topics
that he makes videos on. He has done a really good job at when he does make a mistake, he will respectfully respond and either explain
why he did it, or he has gone so far as removing a video
and editing it when the mistake he made
was big enough that it needed some
sort of change. And he also doesn't respond to everyone that critiques him because there's just too many. But when there is
a little grain of truth in those comments,
he does it in a good way. So check his channel out, look at any video that he has, and you'll see the critiques
and how he may respond. So in conclusion, the comment
section of your videos is an important part of
any YouTube success. We're not just putting out
content into a vacuum. There are literally people. I know it sounds crazy, right? There are people that are going to be spending their time, their valuable time
watching your videos. And so try to engage with those people as humans
through that comment section. Be a part of it, let people know that you're reading them, responding to those
comments so that they know you too
are a real human. It's going to help your channel grow. Thanks for watching. We'll see you in the next one.
21. YouTube Collaborations: Imagine doubling or tripling your next videos
audience with less work. Sounds great, right?
Sounds almost impossible. But it's not. You can do it with
collaborations, and this video will
break down how to do collaboration
successfully. Collaborations are
great, because, like I said, it's less work
to create more content. You can have someone there
who's filming with you. You can go on someone
else's channel, they can go on your channel. You can make a single video and partner together and
split up the work. And this exposes you to
a brand new audience. It can also, if you're bringing someone
onto your channel, just spices things up. It brings a unique story, a unique person that's different than yourself.
I know you're great. People love watching you,
but it's also nice to have something fresh to
look forward to as well. And something that I've learned with my own collaborations is that I always learn
from these people, these friends, these partners. I learn how to make better
videos, I get insights. And that's just the truth. We don't know it all ourselves. So collaborating
helps with that. And it also increases your
credibility as a creator in your space if
you're working with and collaborating
with other YouTubers even if they're not huge, you're not going to
reach out to Mr. Beast and ask him to be on
your channel and get a yes. He is a little bit too
busy until you have maybe 10 million subscribers
or 30. I don't know. But it doesn't mean you
shouldn't be going after YouTubers bigger or even smaller than you. So
how does this work? The first step is identifying
the potential collaborator. You might already know people. So first look within your
own network and see, are there people around you that could be in a video of yours, even if they're not a YouTuber. Maybe they have a
specific expertise or story that would make sense to share with
your audience. If you don't have a relationship with the person you want
to collaborate with, then it's like any other
online relationship starts. You slide into their DMs. Ideally, you are looking for the best way to connect with
them on a personal level. So sometimes creators will
have a website with an e mail. E mail is still a very good
way to connect with people. I know the younger generations, it's more social media
and DMs is great. However, I know as a creator that I don't check
many of those, and most of these platforms will block or hide the comments or the messages rather from people who you don't have
a connection with already. So however you can, though, you need to
reach out to them. Idally, you are doing this in a very natural and authentic way where you're just
building a report. Maybe you're asking
them questions. And maybe in the back
of your mind you have an ulterior motive of someday
collaborating with them, but initially, you just need to build a relationship
with them. Maybe it's as simple as commenting on their
videos that they put out, frequently commenting
on their videos or their social media posts, and trying to get some
reaction and engagement there before doing a private
message or an e mail, just so that when they
do see your name pop up, They might have a little bit
of a recognition to you. You could also try
to get a connection. Maybe there's someone you
know, who knows that person, who knows that person, and
can give you an introduction. The easiest way to
do this, though, is if you've started to grow a channel is to reach
out to people who have a similar sized audience
or a smaller audience. You never know if that smaller audience channel
is going to blow up. And if you've collaborated with them and you
have a video with them on your channel or their channel later
down the road, that video can drive a ton
of traffic to your channel. So don't be hesitant about reaching out to channels that are smaller than yours. So once you connected
with someone and agreed that you want
to partner on a video, you need to plan
that collaboration. What is it going to look like? Are you both creating videos for your own channels
on the same topic? Are you swapping topics? A you just appearing on
one person's channel? It could work in any
way. I see a lot of travel loggers and photographers going out on these
photo adventures, and at the end of the day, they each make their own log. And it's super interesting. It's a great way that
I'm introduced to new channels and people that I might be
interested in following. A more structured
way of doing this as an example that I did when I
was pretty new on YouTube, I reached out to a video
creator Caleb Wagi. He is the video producer behind a lot of Pat Flynn's
content. And I don't know exactly how
the conversation started, but eventually, I
said, Hey, like, we live relatively
close to each other. What if we just get together and record
a couple of videos. We decided that I was going
to be making some after effects tutorials
for his audience because I had that expertise, and his audience would
be interested in that. And then he had a lot of really high quality
sound equipment that I didn't have at the time. So he made a few audio
recording microphone tutorials that worked really
well for my audience. So it was very a good
synergy for both of us because we each
had our own expertise, even though we had
a similar audience. So that brings us to
creating the content. So we've talked about
how maybe you're just getting together
and each person is creating their own content, or maybe it's more structured, and one person is
interviewing another person or one person is just appearing in another
person's video. There's some things
that you should do in those videos to make it clear to your audience
what's happening. Literally like
introducing the person to your audience is good because your audience might
not know who it is, including titles
and descriptions of the person in
your video is good. And of course, in
the follow up in the description,
tagging that person, making it easy for someone from your audience to get to that person's channel
is important, and the same should be
on their side as well, making it easy for
someone to find your channel from their
video that they've put out. The most important thing
to do is make sure that the purpose of the video and the collaboration feels natural and not
promotional in any way. People are very smart, and they're going to know, Okay, they're just like these
two random people getting together for just
the sake of promotion. And I'm not getting
any benefit from it. So make sure that as a viewer, put yourself and your
viewers shoes and think, Is this collaboration,
does it make sense? And then once you
have that video created, you got to promote it. Make sure you're on the same
page with your collaborator on how and when you're going to launch it on YouTube
and off of YouTube, how you're going to promote it. This is a really good
opportunity to build trust with your
audience and excitement with your audience with
some behind the scenes. Stuff. So whether
that's on YouTube with a video or
shorts or through the community tab or off
of YouTube with like Instagram stories or
TikTok or whatever, but showing the
behind the scenes so that people know, Oh, hey, Phil's collaborating with
whatever photographer, and they're making
this cool series, and it's coming out soon, and just building
that excitement so that once you actually
put out the content, your viewers already
know it's coming out and can get excited and you'll get more engagement
when it does. Once the video is published or the series
is published or whatever, it's a good idea to
evaluate the success. This is something that
we don't do enough of with anything
we do as creators, but make sure
you're looking back and did it work? Did it not? Are there ways to improve or was it just not the
right collaboration? Hopefully, it was, and
hopefully you can continue to make future projects that
benefit all parties, you, your collaborator,
and the audience. So let's look at some
real world examples of this in action. A cross pollination
example is where there's just creators who are sort of floating through
the different channels. Epic gardening
actually is doing this more and more with creators
in the gardening space, where they're actually putting those creators channels under the umbrella of epic gardening. They must have an actual
business structure where it's part of their brand. However, it didn't
always start like that. Specifically with
Jaque in the garden, who was just a friend
who would sometimes appear in the videos of the
main epic gardening channel, and you can see here,
Jaque appearing. And this was just a natural
way to collaborate. And it would drive traffic
to Jaques channel. His channel has grown
really, really well. Lot having to do with his partnership with
epic gardening. But then it also gives a chance for someone who's
interested in gardening to get more content
without it being on the main epic gardening channel where it might not make sense. A split collaboration
example is where creators come together
for some sort of project, and then they each make
a video on that topic. So an example of this is team
trees where Mark Rober and Mr. Best and some
other creators came together to plant
20 million trees. You can see in this example
the different styles of storytelling and the angle
that they created videos on. So Mark Rober into science. He put out this video about how they used drones to
plant 20 million trees. Different than Mr. Beast, sort of all of these videos are about just
the epicns of the topic. And so his was literally just about planting
20 million trees, his biggest project ever, and by collaborating it, drew more attention
to this project, which helped support it, and ultimately made
it bigger than if just one of them
was working on it. Nice natural
collaboration example is this example where Johnny Harris and Cleo Abram came together. This was when Cleo Abram
was a very small YouTuber. She had a video
journalism background, and she has that expertise, and Johnny had her come
onto his channel to make this video about the
dark side of electric cars. It was probably a
topic that maybe he could have looked into himself and made the video himself, but it just made
sense to partner with someone who likely
either had more of an expertise or time as a
journalist to look into this topic and figure it out so that Johnny could be
working on his other stuff. So it actually increases the efficiency of creating
content in that way. It benefited her a lot because
she was a small creator. Johnny pushed a huge audience to her channel
because in the video, he talks about, you know, if you want more
content like this, Cleo does this, check
out her channel. He did a great job sort of
promoting her in this video. Then, like I said, Johnny gets this great
video with in depth journalism from Cleo that he wasn't able to do or
didn't have to do himself. Some examples of
what I've thought we should do with the
photography and French channel. One is go on more
photo adventures with fellow members
within the community or just other photographers. And then each person creating their own sort of
blog or style video. Interviews are great
interviews are probably the simplest style
of collaboration. And I know that from my videos. In other topics like
teaching online, when I had my online
course masters podcast, I got a lot of traffic from
those video interviews, especially I was able to interview someone when
they were smaller, but then they blew
up as a creator. And that video is
still ranked really well for that person.
It's pretty cool. Interviewing other
photographers both in our community and
out of our community, and then inviting
popular photographers to participate in the photography challenges along
with our members. I think that's a really
cool idea where each week, we have these challenges for our members that we do
within the community, but what if we had some
bigger named photographers out there doing those
challenges with us? I think that would
be really cool. At the end of the
day, collaborations are one of the best ways to grow an audience and get
more views for a video. You just have to make
sure that it's authentic And it benefits not just
you the collaborators, but also the viewer. It's something that
they want to see. But this is just
another strategy where if you're sitting there
and you're wondering, Man, I've done everything or I just don't know how to grow my
channel at this point. Have you reached out to someone and collaborated on a video. If not, do it. If you did
it once, do it again. It's a great way to also
not feel like you're in this silo of being a content
creator by yourself. I love collaborating, and
I look forward to doing more with my courses and
YouTube videos in the future. Thank you so much for watching, and we'll see you
in the next video.
22. Leveraging an Audience Outside of YouTube: The last time that you put out a YouTube video. Did
you forget something? The number one thing I see YouTubers forgetting to
do is using whatever outside audience they
have to help with that initial traction and views for a newly
published video. In this lesson, we're
going to go over the specifics of how
to do just that. Diversifying your
online presence to other platforms can help you get in front of an audience
that you might not have if you just stuck
with being on YouTube. So there's lots of
benefits that can work in the long term for you by being on other platforms.
How do we do this? First step is to identify the complimentary
platforms that works well for your niche
for your community. If your community's on
dit, be on read it. If they're on X, be on X. If they're on Facebook, don't be on Pinterest, B on the platform
where they are on. The next step is to create that platform specific content. You might think
it's easy to just post the same content
on all platforms. And yeah, that's the easiest, but that's not going
to be what works best. For example, using Instagram to post behind the scenes photos and stories
about the process, Twitter X for quick
updates and thoughts about things going on in the world or content
that you're creating. If you're using TikTok, you'll want to convert your
longer form videos to reels, or specifically create a real, something specific
in that format and good for that format rather than just
trying to convert a long video to a
short form real, because oftentimes
it doesn't work as well as if you come into
it from the mindset of I'm making a vertical short The third and most
important tip is just to remember to utilize
those other platforms to drive traffic engagement
with your YouTube videos. Any platform is going to want to keep their members
on that platform. And so if you're doing
this on other platforms, it's going to hurt
your ranking and perhaps hurt the algorithm
on those other platforms. But if your main focus is
being a YouTube, that's okay. We don't necessarily care about building up a huge audience
on these other platforms. We just want to use whatever
audience we have to drive traffic to our
latest video on YouTube. Now, if you don't have a
social media presence, you can also do this by engaging
with online communities, answering questions,
sharing insights, and participating in
discussions on platforms like edit or Niche forums that
are related to your topic, Facebook groups, other
community platforms related to your topic, be a participant in those
forums and those communities. Don't just go in there
and spam your content, but if there's a way
to subtly incorporate references to your YouTube
videos, you can do that. But it has to be
authentic because I know as someone who runs a
community like this, when someone's self promoting, it's obvious, and that
person's getting banned or at least that post is getting removed or that comments
getting removed. However, if it's
actually beneficial to the members of my community,
I'll leave it in there. I want people to be commenting and sharing insights and advice. And if it's a little bit
of a self promotion, but at the same time beneficial,
that's totally fine. But at the end of the day, if you become an authoritative
voice within a community, people are going to find
their way to your channel, even if it's not being like, Hey, here's a video
I just posted. Watch it. But if you're
commenting, interacting, and sharing insights that
people might not know, then they're going to end
up on your page somehow. We saw this in the last lesson, so I'm not going
to dive into it, but collaborating with other
creators and influencers is a great way to get yourself
in front of new audiences. But at the end of the day, I don't want you to fall
into the B everywhere trap. You might look at other
creators that are successful, and they have a YouTube channel, an Instagram, a tik tok, a interest, a website,
their own community. That takes time and effort, and it might take having
a team run it for you. And when you're starting
out, it's impossible to do that and give
each platform justice. And as a solo creator, someone who's just starting out, that's unlikely or maybe
even impossible to do, especially giving each platform the justice it deserves
to do it authentically. My ultimate advice is to pick
the one platform outside of YouTube where your community is most likely to be
and spend that, that extra time,
whatever extra time you have there on that platform. Let's look at some
real world examples of people doing this. So the first example is having a complimentary platform
with your Niche. For example, Peter McKinnon is a photographer, a
visual creative. So what just makes sense
to be on Instagram. We're sharing visual
stories, photos, videos is the
perfect place to be. Terms of creating platform
specific content, epic gardening does
a really good job of this at in creating
their shorts. They don't just convert a
long form video into a short. They create unique
shorts and reels. Head over to their
channel and check it out. Again, all the links to them are in the workbook for this course. Pat Flynn is a great
example of someone who not only builds a community
for his own audience, but also engages with
other communities as well, putting himself in
front of people, whether that's in interviews, podcasts, doing conferences, being there in that community, being a part of that community. And he's done this
successfully in a brand new Niche with his deep pocket monster
Pokemon channel, where he has jumped
into a new community, and he has done that by participating within the
existing communities of that. So what can I do as a channel, and what will my strategy
be moving forward? One is just making sure that I'm cross promoting when I'm
publishing a new video. It's something that
I just forget to do not only on social media, Instagram, within the
Facebook group and community, but also my email list. I have an e mail list
with tens of thousands of subscribers on there, interested in
photography, and I often forget to let them know that
I have a new video out. If I want to focus on growing this new photography
YouTube channel, I need to have that as part
of my promotion schedule. After I launch a
video or schedule it, make sure that I have
an e mail scheduled to let my followers know
that it's out too. Then in terms of being
on other platforms, I just can't do shorts myself. I don't have the time or
energy or effort to do it. So I need to hire someone
who can condense some of my longer videos into shorts
to be successful at this. And because I have the
money to do it now, this is one area
where I can save time myself and spend the
money to still be on these other platforms
that are important as a photography influencer
content creator. But then I can focus my
time and attention on either the more important
things for the business or on the things that
are important for my personal life,
like my family. So the key is to see
where your audience is, utilize those other platforms, and then create specific
content for those platforms. Again, it's not just
about broadcasting our own ideas into the world, it's about collaborating,
interacting, and building a relationship with those people on all
those platforms. Yeah, it's a lot of work, but if you're serious about
growing your YouTube channel, it's what can help you do that. Thank you so much for
watching this video, and we'll see you
in the next one.
23. Ways to Make Money with YouTube: Know you've thought
about it. You've thought about making money on YouTube, and how great that would be, whether it's some extra side
income or a full time job, a full time income that
could replace your job. In this section, we're
going to break down all of the different ways that
you can earn money and give you tips on how
to actually do so from starting out as a small channel to growing into a larger one. First, let's break down the different ways to
make money on YouTube. You're going to learn
how to make money from ad revenue,
sponsored videos, and brand deals, memberships, such as Patrion, and
even Crowd funding, or YouTube memberships,
affiliate sales, Live Stream, Super chat, selling
your own products and services, and even more Idas that I have for photography and friends and ones
that we actually already make money from include sponsored
videos that might be a sponsored trip or a photo adventure,
products and services. So our courses, workshops, in person or online, and then one on one coaching
for photography students, and then merchandise, like our community hat or maybe
a shirt or sweatshirt. In the next lesson, we're
going to jump right into explaining exactly what ad revenue is and how to make more money with ad revenue on YouTube. I'll see you there.
24. Ad Revenue: You just hate having
to sit through the ad at the start of a YouTube video that you're really
wanting to watch. Let alone two ads
at the beginning, or when it stops you
in the very middle, right at that pivotal moment
or scene in the video, and then an ad pops up. I hate that, too, but we have to remember
this is how YouTube pays creators, and YouTube
pays its creators, even though we can
complain about the low ad rates
that YouTubers get, it's one of the best rates
for any platform out there. This is probably the
easiest way that you can start
making some income, and we're going to learn all
about it in this lesson. We learned very early
on in this course that YouTube's business
model relies on ads. The more people are
on the platform, the more time people
are on the platform, the more ads that are
clicked on the platform, the more money YouTube make and the more money it
shares with creators. There are lots of
different factors that contribute to how much you
can make with your channel. The same size channel might not make the same
amount of ad revenue, depending on the topic. And I have firsthand
experience with this by putting out videos
on different topics. And even within a channel, different videos can make different amounts with
the same amount of views. At the time of recording, you have to be a YouTube
partner program member to earn ad revenue, and you have to have 1,000
subscribers and 4,000 hours of watch time across all of your videos in the past
12 months to be eligible. So if you're not there yet, keep building your channel, and once you get there, you can start making money. Let's break down how ad revenue works on YouTube even further. Are several types
of ads on YouTube. You have your display ads. These are the ones
that will appear next to a video that's playing. You have your overlay ads. These will actually appear at the bottom of a playing video. You have your skippable and
non skippable video ads. These are the ones that
happen at the beginning, middle or even the
end of videos. You have your bumper ads, which are very similar, but
these ones are not skippable. They are just I think six
or 5 seconds or less, and they just appear at
the beginning of a video. And after the ad plays,
the video starts. And then you could also
have sponsored cards. Each type contributes to the overall revenue
and viewer experience. As a YouTube creator, we don't have to worry
too much about this, although there are
ways to turn on or off specific types of ads if you
don't want them on a video. For example, there are sometimes
when I put out a video, oftentimes when I
might be promoting a product or service
that I have myself, that I don't want a
YouTube ad running on, because the experience
for the viewer itself is already promotional, so I don't want YouTube to add more promotion
on top of that. Here are the strategies to
increase your ad revenue. The first is to
create longer videos, longer videos that can
include a mile ad. Typically, this means a video has to be 8 minutes or longer. The key is that you
need to maintain the engagement and retention of people watching that video, otherwise, YouTube won't display ads or those ads won't
get clicked or viewed. So ultimately, you won't make more money because
of longer videos. Second tip is to focus
on higher CPM niches. CPM is cost per meal. So this is basically
how much money the advertisers pay per
million views or impressions. This can be done by creating videos on trending topics
within your Niche or trying to connect
whatever's trending out in the world with whatever you
talk about on your channel. Also try to push your content in general
towards something that's of higher value for advertisers
if it aligns with your audience and with what you want to create as a creator. I found in my personal
experience that on my channel, I put out all kinds
of videos from photography tutorials to ones that are more on
personal finance. Again, making the
mistake of putting different topics, different
nessues on one channel. That's not what you should do. However, within that, I see that the videos
about personal finance make a lot more money in ad revenue than the
photography tutorials. And that makes a lot
of sense because advertisers who are
putting ads out there for financial products and services are likely
going to spend a lot more money than photography
equipment advertisers. Third strategy to increase
your ad revenue is to improve the video quality and
engagement in your videos. This goes back to
all the tips and techniques we've talked
about in this course, the better the quality
of your videos, the more engagement you have, the more views
you're going to get, the higher rank you're going
to get for your videos, the more subscribers you're
going to get, and ultimately, all that leads to getting
more and more views, which are going to lead
to more ad revenue. Fourth strategy is to
make sure that you optimize your videos
for YouTube SEO. This is something
that you can do going back to your old videos as well. Make sure you're paying
attention to the keywords or key phrases that your video is appearing for or
not appearing for, and try to improve that
both in your title, your description, and
also in your tags. Going back and updating all of those to optimize them for SEO, improving your thumbnails, to get higher click
through rates. Of course, all of that's
going to lead to more views, and therefore more ad revenue. Fifth and final tip is to have a regular posting schedule. Again, it sounds obvious, but if you have a regular
posting schedule, if you're posting
more frequently, that's going to lead towards more views and more ad revenue. If you're only posting one video a month or every few weeks, it's going to be very
difficult to make a decent amount of money
with YouTube ad revenue. Let's look at some
real world examples of creators doing this. For longer videos,
Johnny Harris and Yes Theory both put out videos that are often
20 minutes or longer, and this allows for mid roll ads that boost their revenue. Their video quality
is super high, and it keeps that
engagement and that works. Higher CPM Niche examples are
ones like Graham Stephan, who makes personal
finance videos, also real estate investing. These attract
premium ad rates and a higher value audience in terms of from the
advertisers perspective. Channel that has
high video quality. Peter McKinnon,
his cinematography and photography tutorials stand out from the crowded space of photography tutorials
and education. And because of that, and
because of his storytelling, his videos stand out,
he gets more views. He's grown his channel
to where it is today, and he's making a lot more money than a similar creator
in this space, but putting out less
quality videos. Terms of consistent posting, Drew Binsky is one of the
creators who's done this. He's actually branched out and
created multiple channels, some using content that
he's filmed over the years of traveling the world that hasn't appeared
in his main page, but he's been able to repurpose that content to tell even
more additional stories. Thus, more videos, more
views, more ad revenue. You can see here in
the recent videos that he's posted that he's posting
about one video a week. In conclusion, I would
suggest trying to put into practice the tips that
we've shared in this video. Perhaps trying to make some videos that lend
themselves to a higher CPM. Pay attention to those
high profitability, high value niches on YouTube. Do a search. To Buddy puts
out a list every so often. You could find
these lists online. But some of the hottest, most profitable topic areas
include making money online, typical digital marketing,
personal finance, educational, tech,
gadgets, all of that. So new products, lifestyle, fashion, beauty and makeup, cooking, travel, fitness
and body building, gaming, and then
comedy and humor. Those are the top
15 earning niches, according to to Buddy. So even if you're not
within one of those niches, try to make videos that
will rank well for keywords that are
related to those topics. Thank you so much for watching, and we'll see you in the
next video coming up soon.
25. Sponsored Videos: Imagine making a video that
you were planning to make. It's a video that you love
and your audience loved. But on top of that, you're
getting paid to create it. That's what sponsored videos and brand deals are all about. But before you jump
into any brand deal, no, there's a right and
a wrong way to do it, and that wrong way can hurt
the trust that you've built with your audience and
ultimately hurt your channel. So let's learn how to
do it the right way. What is a sponsored video? Simply, it's a video that
you're getting paid to create, where you're not
specifically promoting a specific product or service
throughout that video. It's not like you're making an advertisement for the
latest iPhone or whatever. Perhaps it's a video
where it includes a sponsored ad as part of it. However, having a
little promo or a sponsorship plug is not always required for
a sponsored video. There are different
ways to do it, some where you don't
necessarily even need to include a
little promotional bit. Maybe there's some product
placement or you're utilizing a product
throughout the video, and there's subtle
hints at that. On the opposite
side, sometimes it is where you are being paid to review a product, and you have to let people know that
it's a sponsored video, but that video in itself
is about the product or service that you're
getting paid to promote? It's super important to be transparent and
honest about this, not only so that you have
trust with your audience, but also to align yourself
with the rules within YouTube. There's a little checkbox when you're uploading a
video that says, Is there sponsored
content in this video, and you need to include
that because people, the public, need to
be aware if you're getting paid as part of
creating that video. So what are some strategies
for making sponsored content? First is to build a
compelling media kit. This means when someone comes
to your YouTube channel, they should see a
nicely polished channel that has branding, meaning colors, imagery, fonts, text, that looks similar
across video. Within videos, quality of your video
should be high, and including the motion
graphics, title cards, graphics that you use, the editing that you use, it should all feel high
quality and professional. Beyond your YouTube channel, you can create a brand kit. This includes your mission
statement and about me, samples of your top
performing videos, testimonials from viewers
or customers of yours. And this is something
you can send to companies when you're reaching out for them to partner with Once you have that together, which could be on a web page. It could simply be a Google Doc or a folder that you can send to people or a PDF that you've
created with canva.com, you can reach out to companies. Sometimes this will
happen organically, and companies will approach you. And in that sense, they're already putting
their first foot forward, and it'll be easier to
create a partnership. However, if you have
a solid brand kit, you might be able to bump up the sponsorship rate
for your videos. And I wouldn't be afraid of bumping up your price. I've done this in the past, where I used to think that, you know, maybe I could get paid a couple hundred
dollar for a video. But when I'm busy and I
don't really want to do it, but I'll do it at
a certain price. I will put a price
on that video. I've gone up to $10,000 for a video and had companies
actually accept that. You just never know what
their budget is going to be. So research and target, appropriate brands
for your business. There are so many
typical sponsors. Let's see, right now, you'll see better
help, you'll see Nord VPN, you'll see
incogni you'll see some advertisers
that will want to sponsor videos in
all kinds of niches. However, think about
your audience, what would be
beneficial for them to see and try to partner with
brands that make sense. For example, I've
done sponsored videos for photography gear that
I've used and I love, or if it's a product that I am not aware of or I
haven't used myself. I will make sure one that
I can be honest about it. And also, two, I
want to test it out before I commit to
actually making a video. And most companies will
be happy if you do that. Within YouTube, if you are
a partner and eligible, under the Earn page
on your studio, there's also a tool
called Brand Connect, where it helps you find brands that align with
your video topics. Third step is to figure out your pitch that has some
sort of value proposition. If you're going out to brands yourself and trying to persuade them to pay for one of
your videos to be created, you'll need to showcase why you have some sort of unique
value proposition, whether it's the amount of
people in your audience. It's the type of people
in your audience. It's the past performance of Ads or products or services that you've
promoted to your audience. Whatever it is, you need to be able to explain that in a pitch. In the fourth strategy, which we've also
talked about before is that brands may approach you. If it is, just make sure you do your due diligence to know
that it's a legitimate brand. Sometimes I will get e mails
for products or services asking for me to review them
or do a sponsored video. And I will then go look
for that product or service and see what other
creators have done on YouTube, because typically these
brands are reaching out to multiple
people, not just you, and so you might be able to find a video about that
topic on YouTube to see if it's legit or not. And you want to make sure you
have a contract that spells out what you are providing and what they're
paying in return, when they're paying,
how they're paying, whether it's directly to a bank account, pay
pal, what have you. Beating successful
sponsored content comes down to a few tips. One is aligning your content with your audience's interests, maintaining the transparency
and trust of your audience and never misleading them about the nature of your
relationship with a sponsor, and then also delivering on
your promises if you have a agreement with a sponsor, making sure you fulfill
those agreements. You put out a high
quality product, a high quality video,
because ultimately, you'll want them to
sponsor another video. So you want to make sure that
you're doing what you can to benefit them from what
they're doing, paying you. So some real world examples
of this in action, and you can look
at these videos. The links are in the
download for the course. First, we have Mango Street, which does a really good job at finding brands to partner with specific to
their audience, like cannon or square space tools that they use and recommend
as photographers. Huckberry, this is a
very interesting one. This is a channel. They are a clothing company, but they have a series
of videos called dirt, where the host goes
out and travels across the world to different
places and is basically creating
a travel food show. Troughout the entire video, there's no hard promotion
of products or services. They're not saying,
Oh, here, today, I'm wearing this pants and
this shirt from Huckberry. However, you see the products
while they are traveling, you see that they're
wearing them, but it's a very natural form of product placement
without hard advertisement. I really think you should check this video out and
see how it's working. Now, this is a video
on their channel, so it's not like another creator who's being paid
to make content. Huckberry. However, this
would be a great example of that very organic type
of sponsored video. Trot and Coffee is a creator who does a really good job about weaving in sponsored products
into his videos naturally. Here's an example of
one where they went up to this cabin in Canada, and he talked about, like, traveling
to new places and it being tough to sleep. And then the video was
sponsored by Beam, which is a sort
of drink that you drink with natural elements
to help you sleep. There was another
recent video where he was taking a dog for a hike, and then at the top
of the mountain, the dog was getting a treat. And it ended up
being sponsored by the creator of whatever treat that was that he
was giving the dog. So try to be creative
with the ways that you transition to any sort of
promotional part of your video. So if you want to be successful with brand deals and
sponsored videos, make sure that one,
whatever it is, it aligns with your audience, to reach out and do the work. It's not just going
to come to you, especially the good brand deals that you need to put
in the effort to build out a solid media kit and to start reaching out to brands
that you want to work with. And then lastly, remember, these partnerships don't just benefit you with
money right now. It can benefit you in the long
run with more connections and exposure to another audience potentially that the brand has. Thank you so much for watching. And in the next
lesson, we'll learn more ways to make
money on YouTube.
26. Memberships: Loyal fans want to give
you money. It's true. They know that you're
providing so much value to them for free with
YouTube videos, and many of them
would be happy to pay a small monthly membership
to help support you. That's what we're covering in
this lesson on memberships, Patrion, and crowd funding. I'm going to put these
into two buckets. Tube memberships and Patrion, or any other sort
of platform that you can create a
membership where someone pays for something on an ongoing basis to support you is a little bit different
than crowd funding, but both are ways that your fans can support
you in your creations. Let's break down the
strategies for success. The first is to decide if you want to use
Tube memberships, which is available to
eligible channels, and you can actually have people pay you directly on YouTube. This has many of the same
factors as a Patrin account, where you can have different
levels of membership, but it's a very seamless
experience for your viewers, which is one reason to
potentially choose YouTube. Whereas sending them
to a Patrin page, Patrin is nice, it's all set up. People know what Patrin is. They know that it's a place that they can trust
to support you. However, it is taking
someone off of YouTube, as we know, that's not necessarily good for
the YouTube algorithm. You set up your
YouTube membership, it's not going to run itself. It's not going to
promote itself. So you'll need to do
the promotion yourself. You can do this
within your videos by promoting that you
have a membership. You can do this outside of
YouTube through a website, e mail list, social
media, wherever you can. If that's the way that
you want to be making money or one of the ways
that people can support you, you need to let people
know that it's an option. And whenever you promote
joining a membership. It's not about just saying, Hey, become a
member, support me. It's talking about
the benefits that they get from that membership, whatever the perks are from
early access to content, exclusive access to you through some sort of platform,
through direct messaging, if you have a slack
page or some sort of community where you give
more access to you, bonus content, downloadables,
whatever it is, make sure you're
explaining the benefit that they get by
becoming a member. Or it could simply be
that them being a member, it helps you put out
semi frequent videos on a schedule or whatever it is, but explain that benefit. And this is going to be the
same for a Patrin page. I would recommend
checking out what other creators are doing with Patrion or with
their memberships, see what types of perks they're giving away
for their members, see what price points
they're using for their different
membership tiers and find something that works
for your audience. If you have a singular project, Doing a crowd funding campaign might be a better approach. It will provide a quick boost of income to you for a project
that you're working on. There's lots of crowd
funding campaigns that you could use from
Kickstarter to Indy GoGo. They each have the different
costs associated with them. Some, like kick starter, I believe you have to reach a certain threshold before
you can get paid out versus, I believe Indy Gogo. Even if you don't
reach that amount, you still get the funds. That can help or
hurt a campaign. Sometimes you want there to be a threshold that
your followers and fans know they need to get past for you to
complete the project, and that in itself
will encourage them to give you more money and
help you get past that goal. But just like a YouTube
membership or a patriot, your crowd funding campaign
isn't going to sell itself? You need to do the
work of promoting it. And with YouTube,
you should have a full campaign scheduled to support a crowd
funding campaign. This means multiple videos scheduled ahead of
time to let people know what's happening
so that they can anticipate you asking for money. It's not going to
work as successfully if all of a sudden you
post a video that says, Hey, support me on India GoGo. You want to let people know that you're thinking about
doing something, bring them in, build
that trust with them. Then once it is launched, remind them and follow up. Follow up with them
after the fact, one video or one social
media post isn't enough. It needs to be a full campaign. Some examples to check
out include utiplier, who has a huge, huge
YouTube membership. His fans and members
get access to exclusive live streams,
game play throughs. And this creates
that loyal community that also supports
him financially. Also check out CGP Gray, which has a Patrion. So check that out there.
Patrion.com slash CGP Gray. I mentioned Johnny
Harris as well. This is just to
give you some ideas for what types of
membership tiers you have. For example, we have a
$7 bonus videos tier that has access to bonus videos, deleted scenes,
directors commentaries, membership to their subs stack. The $10 Wall of Thanks
tier has all of those, as well as letter, as well as mention on their
Wall of Thanks board. For $15 a month, you can get access to their
live chat on Discord. And for $100 a month, you can be a top chicken. You'll actually be listed in their YouTube
video description, which is pretty awesome. A crowd funding example to
check out is Danny Geertz. He is in the filmmaking
Niche on YouTube, and he crowd funded
his own feature film, his first feature film. He did this successfully
by collaborating with other top YouTube filmmakers out there in the video
production photography world. And that created a lot of
synergy when they launched this campaign so that other creators were actually promoting it to their audience, and he raised almost $70,000 from that from
mostly YouTube fans. So I was trying to
think of ways that I could do this sort of premium content
within a membership for the photography
and Friends community. Some ideas include weekly Q&As. This could be like
a private Q&A, a private live
stream that we do, access to our private community. Behind the scenes videos, access to our full
online courses and our free light room presets. Think about the content that you already might have
and how you could bundle and package
it together and put a little tidy bow on it to
make it part of a membership. You don't have to create
brand new stuff from scratch. And one super important
thing to take into account is to not bite off
more than you can chew. If you offer to do weekly live streams for an
hour with your members, you got to make sure that
you're willing to do that, even if you only have one
person supporting you. So perhaps start small, start off with things that
are not as time consuming. And then once you have a
bigger audience that you know, you can spend more time on, then offer those
higher level perks. There's any other YouTubers
out there that have good examples of
memberships or patrions, or crowd funding
that they've done, make sure you let us
know in the course Q&A. I would love to
check them out and share them with the
rest of the students. Thanks so much for
watching this video, and we'll see you
in the next one.
27. Affiliate Sales: Making money while you sleep sounds like a myth and
too good to be true, but a successful YouTube could be a 24 hour money
making machine. Let's learn how to do that
with Affiliate sales. My approach with Affiliate
sales is going to be very similar to what we
saw in sponsored video. So this isn't going
to be a long lesson. The difference is that
with affiliate sales, you only make money when
someone purchases that product. You'll get a certain
percentage from that. Sometimes there's
affiliate deals where you can get paid per click that goes through a
specific link to a page. But generally, you're
only making money if someone purchases the product or signs up for the service. So a YouTuber might
be an affiliate for a product that they then
link to in the description. Through a card or perhaps
they have on their website, but that they send traffic to
from their YouTube videos. The most successful affiliate partnerships that I've done and that will work for you are ones that align
with your audience. If it's a product that
you use, that you trust, and that you think your audience would actually benefit from, it makes perfect sense to be an affiliate for that product. Also, there's programs on
Amazon, being a partner, where if you're going
to be reviewing a product or testing out a product or
recommending a product, you might as well put an
affiliate link in there to make some money if anyone actually purchases it
based off your advice. But at the end of the day,
you need to be transparent in your videos that you are an
affiliate for that product. So our strategies to
successful affiliate sales. The first one is to identify and select affiliate
programs that you want to be a part of There are sort of affiliate sale hubs
where you join that hub, and then within that, you can get links to all
kinds of products, or there are specific
marketplaces like Amazon where you can become an Amazon associate and then get links to
products in Amazon, that track sales, and you
can make money from that, or individual products or services might have their
own affiliate program. Go to a products
website and usually in the bottom menu or on
that site somewhere is an affiliate page with
more information or just do a search for
product affiliate. Apple IMAC affiliate. I'm not sure if Apple actually
does affiliate sales, but you could do it through Amazon because
whatever is on Amazon, you could actually
be an affiliate for. So once you've
picked the products, you've signed up for
the affiliate accounts, which will include
likely putting in information about
your brand business, connecting a bank
account to get paid, then you have to integrate affiliate links
into your channel. The links themselves could be
in the video descriptions, on your channel
description or on the links at the top of
your YouTube channel. It could be in using the
cards within a video. Or, and this is where you can be strategic with your comments, you can put it in
a pinned comment. But beyond just
putting it in there, find ways within your videos
to mention that there's a link to this product if you want to make
more sales from it. Third step is before you even put your
links in your videos, you actually have to create
value driven content. This could be as on point as
creating a product review. I make a video about a
particular camera lens, and then I link to that lens. I talk about it, and people can decide if they want
to purchase or not. Or it could look a
little bit more natural. I could go out on
a photo adventure and below in the description. I can include links all the gear that I was using
for that shoot. That's just an example.
You'll have to tailor it to your niche. The fourth and a
very crucial step is to disclose your
affiliate partnerships. This is actually a
legal requirement for YouTube policies, and generally with most
affiliate programs. You need to disclose that. Typically, this is done
in a YouTube description. And last, make sure
you're tracking and optimizing the performance of those videos or those links. Typically, the affiliate
platforms will give you some analytics where you can track the clicks you're getting. You can see what pages
they're coming from, what videos they're coming from. In that way, you can see, while this video, where I was reviewing the
product did really well. Was this video, where I was just using the product
was more natural, I didn't work as well. O maybe the log where you're
going out, taking photos, got a lot more views and
engagement with your fans, and it actually did work better. You got more clicks and
sales through that link, then the direct product review. Use those analytics to
see what's working, and then optimize your
production to capitalize on. Some real world examples of
creators doing just this. MKBHD. You can imagine he makes a ton of money from
his tech reviews. If you see in his descriptions, he'll often have affiliate links for the products he's reviewing. Lifestyle YouTuber Sarah's Day. She does a lot of
blogs and reviews, but she'll seamlessly integrate her favorite fitness
and health products into those videos. Binging with Babish is
another food related channel. That often uses specific
kitchen gadgets that are mentioned with
affiliate links as well. And then Pat Flynn
is a good example of a master at affiliate
marketing and is also a good example to
see where and how he discloses those affiliate links
in his video description. Affiliate sales.
It's another one where you need to be proactive, finding affiliate programs to be a part of, applying for them. Not everyone will get admitted. Sometimes there's
a requirement in the traffic you might have to your website or your channel, the number of followers you
might have to be accepted, be proactive in finding those affiliate programs that will work for you
and your audience. Make sure that you are only
promoting products and services that your audience
is going to be interested in. That's obviously
going to work better than picking any sort
of random product. Also make it clear, disclose your affiliate
relationship, disclose that you've included affiliate links in your video or in your video descriptions, and to make more
money from them. It's not just a post
it and forget it. You have to be active in letting your audience
know that there's a link to click in
the description where you can purchase
these products. If you're a creator on
any sort of topic where you have a set of
tools that you use, whether that's
photography tools, or it's tools you use in the
garden or it's tools you use in the kitchen or tools you use in computer programming. Put together that list
of tools and have it as a resource page on
your website or simply a Google doc that you
can share to your audience in your description
that has all of your links in one
easy defined place. Thank you so much for watching, and we'll see you
in the next video.
28. Livestream Tips: Per chat and Super stickers
are a great way to make some money in exchange for
doing live streams on YouTube. This is a way for
people watching a live stream to pay for a comment or a sticker to be pinned and highlighted
within your stream. So the benefit is that you
make money, and to them, they not only support you, but they get highlighted to
the rest of the audience. Every channel or location is eligible for Super chat and
Super stickers at this time. However, you would find this
under YouTube studio under the earning monetization
page under Supers. So how do you succeed
with Super stickers? The first is to get more
views on your live streams. This is a way of making money only during
your live streams. They don't have
this available for general non livestream
videos at this time. Build a schedule
for livestreams, promote your
livestreams on and off of YouTube to get more
people there, and then, of course, make your livestream
super engaging and fun to get people excited to come back and join live over and over. Check out our full
section on running a great livestream
to help with this. Second tip is to actively engage with the Super chat and
stickers during a stream. People are paying
for these chats and stickers to get some sort
of recognition from you. So during your stream, make sure you're
paying attention, giving them shout outs. At the start of a stream, you also want to explain
to people that there is a super chat feature and what
you're going to do with it. So, for example, the next
step would be to offer incentives for paying for
a Super chat or stickers. This might be if you're
doing Q&A type live stream that you will prioritize questions that have
been paid for, or it could simply be giving
a shout out to that person. So some real world
examples of this in action include the live
streaming that gamers, like doctor Lupo do. He does a good job acknowledging each super chat personally, which encourages more viewers to participate and contribute. Similarly, Cassie Ho does
live workout sessions, She gives personal shout outs, answers questions for anyone
who does a Super chat. The Science channel si show
hosts occasional Q&A sessions where viewers can use the Super chat to
get their science questions prioritized and
answered by the hosts. And check out MKBHDs
live streams to see how he explains what a Super chat is and how
it helps the channel. Ultimately, it's a feature
that if you have turned on, isn't going to sell itself, like everything that we've
learned in this video, you need to show the benefit
that someone's going to get by purchasing
a super chop. Don't think this is going to be a huge moneymaker for
you until you have a large enough audience to run live streams with many,
many people there. I don't think Super Chat and
Super stickers are going to be a huge revenue stream
for smaller channels. And it might be something to consider in the future if
you're just starting out, but work on growing
your audience and figuring out how to do live streams that
create a bunch of engagement and get a
lot of viewers there. Only then would I
consider focusing on Super C chat and stickers as a form of revenue
for your channel. Thanks for watching, and we'll see you in the next lesson.
29. Selling Your Own Products or Services: Whether you have
existing products or services or you
create new ones, your YouTube
followers will be the first in line to pay for them. So in this lesson, we're going to learn
how to make some money by selling your own
products and services. Doing this can be the
most lucrative method of making money because you have more control
over this than any of the other ways that we've
talked about in this course. You have control over the
product or service itself. If it's something
that you want to do, something that your
audience is going to want, and you have control over
the pricing of the product. Break down the
strategies for success. The first step is
product development. Make sure you're creating something that your
audience needs. This can be done by conducting
audience surveys or polls to gauge interest in a
potential product offering. I've done this in
the past when I in brain storming
new course ideas, I do a poll to see
who is interested, and then I'll base the priority of course production
off of that. You may have an idea for a product that you think
is super interesting. Maybe you're
creating a course or maybe you want to
create an E book. But your audience might simply prefer getting a
hat with your logo on it. It's so important
for any business, which includes a
YouTube channel. It's a good idea
for any business, including a YouTube channel
to do this analysis up front. The second step is to
put your product online, somehow set it up so that it's seamless for someone
to purchase it. There's lots of platforms
out there like Shopify, whoo commerce that allow you
to put a product online, any sort of digital product. Other platforms that are more specific to certain types of products like T spring for
hats, merchandise clothing. There's platforms like
Utomi or teachable or T Giffi that are
for online courses. Put your product online, get the links to that
product and run through the entire customer experience
of going to those links, purchasing the products,
and having that product delivered to make sure
that it actually works. The next step is to
promote the product. You could offer
exclusive discounts to your YouTube
followers in a video. You could have links to your products in all
of your descriptions, use cards on your
channel itself. But just like any business, you're going to need
to do the work to promote it to make any sales. Once you have sales, make sure you're utilizing
the social proof that you have to get more people to purchase your
product or service. Throughout the customer journey, this can be done in a follow
up e mail or some sort of post tagging purchasers, ask them to share
photos, videos, testimonials of themselves with the product using the product or what they thought
of the product. You could use this in
future videos when you promote a product
or on your website, on a product page as well. And throughout the
entire process, make sure that you prioritize
excellent customer service, especially when you get started and you first launch
a product or service, make sure that customer
journey is seamless and easy. So first have a contact
page or an e mail that people can reach out to if
they have any concerns. Also do the follow up work
of surveying customers to see if there's ways you can improve that customer journey. Let's look at some
real world examples of YouTubers doing this. Mango Street has put out a digital product,
light room recess. So these are presets that make
photos look a certain way. It's a super simple
file to deliver online, and it's one that they continually promote
in their videos. Another example of
an actual product that was created is
the switch pod by P n. He collaborated with
Caleb Wagi another Tuber to create this handheld
logging tripod. He saw the need in the market
for something like this, and he actually developed it, has a factory
manufacturing them, and it's a full
scale business now. That's a little bit extreme
and not for everyone. Peter McKinnon, the
photographer sells his prints, and that's an example of another product that
you could sell. And back to Pat Flynn, he has some examples
of services that he sells in terms of
horses and membership to his community on his more entrepreneurial
side of his business. A great example of merge is yes theory and their
Sk discomfort line. They have a full website
dedicated to this. Not every YouTube is going
to need or want to create a full website and brand with
all kinds of merchandise. Maybe it's just a simple
hat or one T shirt with your logo or a design that
you're selling to support you. But they have done a
good job at creating Whole line of clothing
that they promote. One thing they do that
really does well is have limited time sales or limited numbers of the
product that they sell, which encourages people
to buy right then. So check out their
channel to see how they promote
their merchandise. A lot of it is by wearing their clothing
within their videos. And then lastly, let's
look at an example of a membership service different than the Patrion or
YouTube memberships. There's other platforms
where you can host a community or have
a membership that gets access to different things, met safety of I will
teach you to be rich, has a personal finance
geared membership that he promotes in his videos. So if you can do any sort
of coaching or educational, training that's a great service to promote through your videos. Let's look into
photography and friends. We actually have products and services that we
already promote. One is our courses. So here's an example
of one of them, the Photography master class. This is our main
beginner friendly course that we promote to our audience. We also have coaching calls
so members can actually sign up and get one on one support
with one of our teachers. And then we have different
digital products like our light room presets. As a content business myself, most of our revenue comes from selling online courses
and teaching people. YouTube drives a lot of
traffic to those courses, and we make some money from YouTube ad revenue,
from merchandise. But the bulk of our
revenue comes from the digital products
and memberships that we sell related to our
educational offerings. And I think it's a much better long term approach to build a business off of YouTube than to build a business on YouTube. That makes sense?
With ad revenue, with YouTube memberships,
live chat, Super chat. All of that revenue depends on people watching
your YouTube videos. If you build a business of products or services
off of YouTube, even if YouTube disappeared, you can still run that business, and you can use YouTube as a promotional strategy
to build that business. But you could also
use other platforms like social media to drive traffic and grow
that business as well. It really depends on
what you want to do. You might not have digital
products or services or physical products that you want to promote on
a YouTube video. And maybe all you want to do is get brand deals and
make ad sense money, and you just want
to be making money on YouTube the platform. And at this time, that is still a viable option for making decent income for many creators. In conclusion to
this entire money making section of the course, making money on
YouTube is not easy. It's not going to be quick, but if you stick with it, I believe anybody in any
Niche can be successful. Thank you so much
for watching and we'll see you in
the next lesson.
30. Best Practices for Livestreaming on YouTube: Have a question for
you. Are you ready to get intimate Intimate
with your audience? If you said yes, then
it's time to live stream. That's what this
section is all about. Live streaming is a great way to engage at a deeper level
with your audience, to turn those casual
viewers into loyal fans. I actually really
enjoy live streaming, but I know that it can be
daunting to have the setup, to do it right, to make
sure it looks good, but also to be there
to be vulnerable, you can't edit out the mistakes. You have to be there ready to go on with the show as they say. So let's look into
strategies for successful live
streaming on YouTube. The first strategy is to
get the right gear for your live stream
and make sure you test it out and you
are ready to go. It's a good idea
to run a private, not public live stream, to make sure it all
works properly. Both your gear and your studio,
your lights, your camera, connecting it to your computer, as well as the on computer apps that might be helping
you run the show. We'll talk all about that gear Next tip is to
plan your content, make sure you have a
loose script or set of bullet points that you can
follow that keep you going, but also be willing to be
flexible and change things up, depending on what your
livestream is all about. It's one thing to
have a livestream of some sort of existing event, or maybe you're doing like a gaming livestream where
you're just playing a game, you're walking through
it, talking through it versus if you're doing
more of like a show, where you're on camera, you're talking through some
tips, doing some education, or just talking
through something, and then you have
your audience there, and they're wanting to
participate as well. Having that plan will make a higher production
product, though. And some of my favorite
live dreams have been when I've actually
created a schedule. I have a slide show that
we're going through. And then we also have time for Q&A and audience interaction
and all of that. My next strategy is
to make sure that you are promoting
your livestream. You want to have
people there, right? Live dreams don't do that well in the YouTube
feed after the fact. YouTube, the algorithm
treats it as something that would have been more
beneficial to be there live. And so you need to
get people there. Whatever audience you have, which might be small when
you're starting out, but it's on YouTube, if
it's on another platform, if you have an email
list, whatever it is, make sure you're
actually promoting your livestream ahead of
time. And I know that It takes more than
one touchpoint. It takes more than one message to get people to a live stream. Even if they've subscribed, even if they've RSVP a week ago, make sure you're sending out
a follow up announcement the day of before the Live Stream starts and potentially right when the
Live Stream starts as well. The good thing is that YouTube automatically will
send an e mail to the subscribers who have those notifications turned
on when you are going live. However, if live
streams are going to be a part of your core content, regularly, it's a
good idea to set up some other way to announce this. E mail is probably the best, or if you have a community
platform somewhere else, and of course, social media too. The next strategy that you
need to remember when you're doing a live stream is to
engage with your audience. Even though it
might feel a little awkward when you're
talking to the camera, You need to remember
that there are actually people there listening
and watching you. So come up with ways
to engage with them, ask questions, have a list of topic ideas to
get opinions on. Don't just be sitting
there talking about your content like you
would in a normal video. You need to figure out
ways to actually be engaging with the viewers
who are watching it. And that means making sure you have the comments up and you can be paying attention to comments coming in
during your life stream. Could also incentivize
engagement. You can turn on the Super
chat if you want to and highlight specific comments or questions or answer
those questions, and that's a great
way to increase your revenue through
live streams, but I wouldn't focus on that until you have a pretty
decent audience, where you're getting
hundreds of people to your live dreams
every time regularly. Next is to have some follow
up after the stream. Your streams can create a ton of valuable content repurposed as shorts or repurposed
as a highlight video. So don't just let
your stream die in stream graveyards. Make sure you're using that
content in other ways. This is also something
that you might want to consider outsourcing
or using AI tools, like get Munch video or OPS clip that will
actually automatically select clips from a longer video and edit them out into shorts. Or you could take the transcript from a video and plug
it into something like chat GPT and ask it for the top moments from
that transcript, and it'll help you edit faster. Let's look at some real world examples of people doing this. Here we have Pat Flynn, who started deep pocket Monster. I've mentioned this before, but he does regular
live streams. Check out his channel,
check out his live streams. He's a master at
doing live streams, engaging with the audience
and making it just super engaging for
people watching live. And even after the fact, you can also see his setup. He's got different camera
gear and tools that allow him to switch camera
angles and all sorts of stuff. We'll be going over some of
that too in this course. Other example is Ninja. He's one of the top
gamers out there, and if you're interested in
doing a gaming livestream, then might as well
learn from the best, so check out his channel. And then also check
out our live streams. We have a number of
live streams that we've done for the Photography
and Friends community. You can see a
couple of different examples of what
this looks like. November. November,
welcome to our Live. So here you can see
that I'm on a call or a stream with
two co instructors. We use a tool called
ECAM Live for this. There's other tools
that do that. And we just jump forward. So in this example, what we
are doing is we're looking at lots of questions that we have previously gotten on
our community space. So this is a great
way if you are an educator to condense the amount of work
that you need to do, rather than spending time
answering questions on a forum, in your courses, every day. You can say that every week, I'm going to be going
over the top questions and answering them live. Here's an example of that. Yeah. Her follow up or
another question was business related base to make selling wildlife
and landscape prints. Here's a spot where
you can see lots of comments coming through, and with ECAM live, you can highlight comments
and actually quickly bring them up onto the
screen with one button. And here we're answering
those questions live. So that's one example of
how we did a live stream, which is a little bit
more rough and ready. Here's an example of one that is a little bit
more polished where we have a slide show
presentation prepped for it. Maybe you want to just talk
a little bit about what this course is and why
it's awesome. Even those, and there's prizes. Cash prizes. Actually, Amazon. Buddy. Amazon gift card prizes. Will and Sam and
bring them in to do, like, exclusive
interviews or Q&A. So this is just some examples of the slides that
we put together. And the way we run these
typical livestreams is we have a presentation. We might be going over
some sort of topic. But then we open it up to Q&A. But you've seen here
that we've used our livestream as a way
to promote some outside products, new courses, services, also to get feedback
from members. It's a great time to
survey your audience and get immediate direct feedback
for anything you're doing. You could actually have somewhat of a conversation with them. And that's what we
were doing here. And then later on, we have this live Q&A little title
card that we bring up. If we are just
answering questions. Here you can see
that we've pinned my comment up here
for posting comments, but lots of people
asking questions here and always fun
to do a live stream. If you're wondering,
should I do a live stream, I definitely think you should. It's a great way to build that relationship
with your audience. You do have to be vulnerable. You do have to be open to
making mistakes and just rolling with the punches and
continuing with the show, but it's a good skill to have, and it will help
grow your audience. Now, I don't think that it's practical if your audience is zero, if you're
just starting out. But even once you have 100 subscribers,
1,000 subscribers, it can be a really great way to turn those subscribers
into loyal fans, which will eventually help get more and more subscribers
and grow your channel. So in the next lesson, we're going to tackle
the equipment you need to Livestream.
I'll see you there.
31. Equipment for Livestreaming: This lesson, we're breaking down the equipment you
need to live stream. We're going to go over a basic and more high
end version of this. I always think starting
out with basic, more affordable equipment
is the right thing before you invest in
something super high quality. Although you might have
equipment that you could use like a nicer
camera for a live stream, but you might just need a way to connect it to your computer. Increase in quality can make your videos look
more professional, be more visually pleasing
and ultimately create more engagement and keep
people on your live streams, rather than of course, if your livestream
looked or sounded bad. There's this balance.
But let's start with the basic setup that
I would start with. In terms of a camera, you could use your
computers webcam. However, there are some
affordable webcam options like the Logitech C 920. They also have the
Logitech Brio, which is a four K camera make your video look better for a fraction of the cost of a full blown
professional camera. These webcams are
also plug and play. You don't need any
other equipment to connect it to your computer. Also, it's much easier to
compose your image right with proper eye level and with a good framing than moving
your computer up or down. You also might want to
use your computer and do some live screen casting
during your live stream. Which can get awkward if you don't have
a separate camera. I would definitely recommend
upgrading your microphone even before getting a
separate webcam or camera. One example is the Blue Yeti, which is a USB
microphone plug and play again that you can
get for less than $100. Many YouTubers use it. There are so many other
options out there, and the price can
really jump up. But again, I think having
good audio is more important than video quality
for pretty much any video, but especially for
live streaming. So you do not want to just use your internal computer
microphone for a live stream. Lighting is also important. Unless you have a
very nicely lit room with lots of windows
and light coming in. Even if you're using a webcam, you can make it look pretty
good with some light. Newer is a super affordable
video equipment brand. You can find their stuff
on Amazon, BH photo video. They have a ring light
that looks really good for anybody streaming on to
a webcam or on a computer. There's also a brand
called Aperture, which makes higher end products, but they have a sort
of mid to lower tier called Amaran which
is LID panels, and I'm actually using one of their panels right
now to light me, along with the window, I have a back light from
another brand called Dre cast, and then the room light, which adds a little
bit of ambience, it's a pretty
professional setup. However, the light I didn't
cost an arm and a leg. Let's go over some more advanced equipment that you
might want to consider. So if you want to take your
video to the next level, I would use a DSLR or
mirrorless camera. Most of them will
have an output, which is a mini HDMI output, and to get that onto the
computer, because you can typically just plug a
camera straight into a computer via USB and
have it stream properly. You'll need a
separate link device, a converter, such as
the legado Cam Link. I'm using a different
capture card, which is another term you
might hear for them from Maj Well, MA GGE WELL. And I'm using my
Fuji film camera. Right now, it's the Fuji T four, and I can use it for recording
or for live streaming. And once you have it connected
with one of these tools, it usually just pops up as an option when you're
selecting cameras for your Beyond the Blue
snowball or Blue Yeti, that kind of quality
of USB microphone, we have higher quality microphones
like the S SM seven B, which is super popular
with U tubers. There's the road podcaster, which is a USB mic. If you are using another mic like the SR or what
I'm using right now, the Hyle PR 40 which is an ER microphone
that's the input. It doesn't connect directly
to a computer either. You need a middle box which converts the
signal to the computer, such as this focus right
scarlet two I two, which is what I use, and you can plug microphones into it, and then it has a USB output
that goes to your computer. Are other audio
interfaces as well. But just if you're trying
to do your own research, search for audio
interface L R to USB. Another thing that can take your live streams to a
more professional level, if you like that style
is to do green screens. And so Elgado makes
a green screen. They have some lights as well. You could use any lights
for a green screen. However, what's important
with a green screen is you need to have the green
screen itself lit evenly, meaning that it's
not like brighter on one side versus the other. So what you typically want to do is have enough lights
to light the subject, as well as lights to light
the green screen itself. At the basis, you need two lights shining on the background from
either side evenly, and then you'll need one
extra light on the subject. And you could get away
with maybe one light on the subject and one
light on the background, but it will just look better, and the green screen will
be able to be removed by whatever software
you're using more easily if it's lit more evenly. And so that'll take a
couple lights to do that. There are different options for software and encoding tools that can use to
switch camera angles, add title cards, live
stream or screen cast from your computer screen
and switch between all of those while you
are live streaming. OBS is a free tool that a lot of people use because
it's free, it's open source. It's multi platform. However, I use another
one called ECM. And let me show you
that really quick. You can see me on
the computer now. This is what ECM
Live looks like. You can see that I can switch between my webcam, which
is on my computer, and then also my Fuji camera, and you can quickly see the difference in
what that looks like. You can change it so
I can see my desktop. I can move my video around. If I had someone that
I was interviewing, they could come in here and I could put their camera
on here as well. You could have multiple
people as well. You could play files. So if I want to play a video, I could choose that
file from this menu. And there are so
many other tools. You can set up scenes as well down here with
the scene menu, where you could
have a scene with U split screen with
another interviewee. You could have you in the bottom corner
with a green cast. You could have you with
green screen being removed. And so you can set
all of that up with these scenes and then quickly
using keyboard shortcuts, one, two, three, jump between those different screens
or scenes rather. You have all of your audio
and video settings here that you can use to make it look and sound
a different way. We have our camera effects. So right within here, I have a green screen option. I can adjust some of
the settings like brightness and color and
everything like that. I can mirror this. Make it
black and white, et cetera. Blur add blur to the foreground. And you can do this for
any camera that you are using or a guest that
you are interviewing. Also with ECM Live, it records to your computer
so that you'll have the file available to edit
after the fact, as well. Now that you have a basic understanding
of how the equipment works and the different options for on the computer software, I'm actually going to show in the next lesson how
to set up and start a live stream on YouTube because it can get
a little bit confusing. So we'll head into YouTube
studio and learn that next.
32. Step By Step Livestreaming on Youtube Demonstration: So now in this lesson,
I want to go into YouTube and show you how
to set up a live stream. The easiest way to do
that is just clicking the Create button
and choosing G live. I'm going to show you how
to do this both just using YouTube's live
streaming software built into the platform, which has some good options
for streaming from a camera. Doing your screen,
but it doesn't have all the options that using
OBS or ECM live would do, which we'll go over
in the next video. So once you choose Go live, you'll want to choose
webcam over here. I'm just going to say
Test webcam test. This is where you want
to include all your SEO optimized keywords so that
this shows up later on. It's going to be set
to your webcam here. You could choose all your stuff that similar to what we've seen in the YouTube studio
setup. Then click next. Here we have customization
for your live chat. So you can turn on
or off live chat. You can turn it off for
the replay or turn it on. So that if people are watching
it after you've streamed, it's like they're
commenting with other people at that moment
in time of the video. You could also turn on
or off who can do it. So anyone, just subscribers, or just people who are
live watching with you, And then also, you have a
message delay option here. If you're getting
too many comments, if it's just too crazy, you can have a pause
between when people can how often
people can comment. Next, you have your visibility. I'm going to keep this unlisted
because this is a test. The schedule, it's
basically right now unless we want to
choose a later time. We can set that at
a later date and then come back when
it's time to stream, and then click Done. And once it's done, we have
this option for going live. Here we can choose our
camera or our audio, so I'm going to make sure
it's on my good camera, good microphone, and
then click Go live. So once it connects
and says, You're live. That means we are
actually technically live streaming out
to our audience. Here, we can see
chats coming in. We could add poles and start a Q&A with this menu down here. We could share our screen
or a tab right here. You could edit
your settings over here and then end your
stream right here. And that's what I'm going to do, but it's pretty cool
because if this was public, I'd actually be going out, reaching out to my audience. We'd see the number of
people watching this, the likes, and all of
that here as well. I'm going to go ahead
and end that stream because now I want to show
you the more advanced way. But if you're just
getting started out, that's the simplest
way to set up a live stream and get
started doing it. Once you've finish, you
can click Edit in Studio. There's actually a
way to trim and cut your live streams using
the built in video editor. You have all of your other
pages as well for each video, such as your details, or you can add more things like tags and things that
we didn't have before, all of these other options here. But now what I want to
show you is how to go live with streaming software. So back here on
the Go Live page, if I click Stream, here's where you can find all of the information for your stream. If you have software, you might not need to adjust any of this
because you might be able to set it up on
through that software. With ECM Live and OBS, you can set up streams
with ECM Live, you could schedule out streams, and you never even have to touch the back end
of your studio, which I find to be a
little bit easier. However, if you're using
OBS and using the studio, let me show you how
you would do that. First, I would want to
create a new stream key. So I would want to
set this up as a test Photo Friends Live,
add your description. Leave this as RTMP, and then click Create. Now, this is going
to be a stream key that if you're using any
other streaming software, that's going to be important
because you can plug in this key and this URL, and it will connect
your streaming software to YouTube and allow you to
go live using that software. Now, what I'm going
to do is open OBS and show you how to
use OBS to do that. So I have open OPS. I'm already looking at my
video camera and my audio. And this is not a
full OBS tutorial. There's lots of YouTube
videos out there for that. But I do want to show you how to connect your video and audio. Really, that's the main thing, this video capture device
and audio input capture. If you don't see these options, just click this plus button, and then you could add
audio input capture. And then if you scroll down, there's a video capture device. Double click each of those, and that allows you to change the camera
that you are using. Once it's here, you can adjust
the position, the size. You can see that behind me, I have my display capture. But for this stream, I really just want my video. And then same with audio, I can adjust the audio, make sure it's the right audio. I can see it coming in here, and that's the right microphone. Always double check that you're using the
right microphone. Next, we can go into settings. We could adjust
all of the things like our output resolution. I would just leave this as is, unless you know based off your software or something's
happening wrong, you might need to
decrease your video rate. You might want to increase
it to increase the quality. You can also adjust the recording settings
so that you can save the file to your computer and edit it after the fact. The most important thing
here is the stream. So here on OBS, the easiest way to do it is to connect a video account
or a YouTube account. And this allows you to just
stream directly through OBS to YouTube without
having to copy and paste that RTM PS code. So once you're happy
with your settings, now we have to connect this to the existing live stream that
we are starting on YouTube. To do this, it's a
little bit confusing, but just click Manage Proadcast. Stead of creating
a new broadcast, which we could have done by
skipping this process on YouTube and just
done it straight from OBS and done
it all within here. We're going to choose Select existing broadcast
and then choose this automatically created
photography and Friends live stream and choose Select broadcast and
start streaming. Now, what that's going
to do is it's going to start sending this
signal to YouTube. And we're going to see now
that it has a connection here, and it's going to bring up
our video here as well. And now we can see that we are pushing out signal
from OBS to YouTube. So if you're using OBS and you're setting up
your stream settings, the name of your stream
here on YouTube, make sure you're using that
existing channel stream and not starting a new
stream right on OBS. And then we can see an OBS. We can see a chat window
here as well so that we Se our live chat
right within OBS. You could add your screen
cast or anything else. You can share a slide show, anything else you want
to do here in OBS, which can get pretty advanced. And similar to ECAM Live, you can set up scenes
so that it's saved, so you don't have
to be adjusting it right in the
middle of a stream, but you could just click
the button and it'll jump to your screen cast
with a video of you or a green screen or split screen with a guest or whatever it is that you want. And then same thing. Once
we exit out of this, we're going to exit our stream, and it's going to stop
streaming to YouTube. And YouTube will automatically
send the stream or you can click this n Stream button up here to end your live stream. Similarly, we could go in here and edit this video on YouTube, but I did want to just show
you the one other option. So Sam here in
YouTube or in OPS. I want to I'm not
even on YouTube, and I want to start streaming. I can just click
Manage Broadcast. I will call this
Test Broadcast two. I'm going to make this unlisted. No, it's not made for kids. And then I'm just going to say, create broadcast and
start streaming. Now, I haven't touched
anything on YouTube. I'm going to start
streaming right now. We can see that it's streaming. We can see our chat. And now, when I'm done, I'm
going to say it. Yes. And now what
I'm going to do is I'm going to go to
my YouTube studio. So we can see how that video
ends up on our channel. So if it was live
and not unlisted, if it was public, it would
have been live on our channel. And then if we go to the
live tab under content, we can see that this broadcast just appeared Test
broadcast two. You do have to kind of decide how you want to set
up your livestream, whether you're just using
the YouTube platform. You're using sort
of a combination of the platforms because I do kind of like the interface
of what this looks like, especially with the chat. You have the options
for engagement, polls and things
like that that are a little bit harder
to do with OBS. Thank you so much for
watching this video, and I'll see you
in the next one.
33. Livestreaming with Ecamm Live on YouTube: In this lesson, I quickly
wanted to just show you how to set up a stream
using ECM Live. It's super easy. So here, once you
have ECM Live open, you can turn on
Stream and record. If you just want to stream,
you can just leave stream on, and then click New down here. Here you can set up the channels that you
want to stream to, which is cool because
with ECM Live, you can broadcast
to multiple places, YouTube and Facebook and any other service that
has a streaming option. Although, depending on
your Internet connection, you can only do so
many at one time. And then you would just say, give it a title description. Similarly, change the
visibility to what you want. And then you could schedule it, which is cool because if
you have it scheduled, it will just show up
down here as an option. And once it's that date,
you just click on it, and it will open up
that live stream or go live now and then
just click Go live. If I click Go Live, it's just going to
start going live and similarly to what we
saw with OBS before, it's just going to go live. But now let me just
show a live stream. We're going to put it at a
future date. Click Schedule. You can add your YouTube
thumbnail here as well. And now we have this
upcoming button down here. So if we click coming, we can see all of our
upcoming live stream. So you can set these
up ahead of time. Then once the date
approaches for this, and it's right within
that time frame, it will appear here and you just click a button that
says, Go live. Super easy to do with
ECM live as well. Thank you so much for watching and we'll see you
in another lesson.
34. Overview of YouTube Analytics: Welcome to this new section
all about analytics. I think this is a topic that lends itself to
having its own section. It's so important, not only navigating the analytics page, which this lesson is all about, but how do we actually use these analytics to help us
grow our YouTube channel? We're going to be diving into real world examples and covering all of this
in this section. Here we are in YouTube studio
on the analytics page. This can get pretty
confusing pretty quickly. So first, I just
want to give you a little overview of this page
and what it has to offer. In the follow up videos, I'm going to tackle
specific ways to use analytics
to help you out. But first, we need to get
sort of accustomed to what is all of this data that
analytics is providing? When you go to analytics, you'll be on the overview page, which gives you just that, an overview of the past 28 days. So notice up here in
the right hand corner, you could always adjust time, the length of time to
what you want to see. So, we have our views, our watch time, our subscribers, and our estimated revenue
for me for the past year. We can see lifetime, which is pretty interesting
to see for this channel, which has done pretty
well for being just a small part of
my business revenue, 100 k does not hurt at all, and you can see some
spikes here and there where I have
a couple of videos that have gone a little bit more viral in there, which
is pretty exciting. We can click on
any of these tabs to jump to those
specific metrics. Over on the right hand side, we have a real time look at our subscriber count views in the last 48 hours and our
top performing content. If we scroll down,
staying over on the right hand side, we
see our latest content, which we sort of saw
on our dashboard, and then our top content from that period in terms
of total views. So you can see these
videos of mine, and it includes for me
both my longer videos as well as shorts
that I've put out. Then we have our content page, which is how we can
dive into analyzing all of our videos and how they
are performing even more. So now we have an exact
look at how many views, the impressions
that we are making, the impressions
click through rates. And this is that click through rate that we want
to pay attention to, especially with
individual videos, how good is a video doing
compared to another one? We can analyze, Okay, what
did I do for that thumbnail? What did I do for that title to get that higher
click through rate. To see more information
about any of these metrics, you can click the C More page, which opens up this window, that can get very confusing, and we're going to see
different examples of this. But once we open that up from clicking on the impressions
click through rate, we are on a stat that has that rate that
we saw here, 6.9%. Now, right now, this doesn't
tell me anything different. However, if I want to see the individual videos and how which ones have
done the best? I can click on content
because that's just sort of the average
of our entire channel. So I can click on content, and now I see my
top ranking videos based off of click through rate. So I can see, Okay, well, what is it about
these videos that have done better in
the past 28 days? Remember, we're still only
looking at the past 28 days. Now, some of these videos
are a little bit old. And so maybe I just want to look at my most recent videos. So up here, we have this filter. Right now it's filtering to just videos versus
if I take this out, it will also include things
like short and live videos. So without it for my channel, it doesn't matter that much because I don't have
too many of those, but we can also filter by
published date, for example. So I can choose, Okay, videos published in the past two weeks. I'm not even sure if
I've published any. Okay, so I haven't published
in the past two weeks, but I can go back and let's do let's just go
even farther back. December 2023. To today. And now I can see on my latest videos what the
highest clickthrough rate was. And I could then analyze that. Okay, was it something to
do with the thumbnail? Is it something to
do with the text? Is it something to
do with the title that I used for these
individual videos? I'm going to exit out of
here so that we don't get to loss for now
with those stats. Because back here on
the content page, there's some other quick
tools and things to look at. So we can go strictly to our shorts and see how
well our shorts are doing. And then down below, whether you have
videos or shorts, there's different
metrics such as key moments for
audience retention. So this is really
helpful to know which videos are
keeping the audiences Tension. This
video, for example, all the way to 68%, this one to 66% versus
these ones down here, which have a lot lower. And I know that
because these are some promotional videos for new courses that I've released. And so that's why those
have a lower retention. But we can use that data
to say, Okay, well, maybe I shouldn't be posting
these videos that have lower audience retention because that's hurting my
channel on YouTube. We have this one
video selected that has the highest retention, and over here on the
right hand side, we can see a graph
of that and see where retention spikes or
where it can start to dip off. You could even click on these little filters
over here that will show you the spikes and dip for your
different content. Good to see. We can say, Okay, where does it dip?
We watch that video? We can say, Okay, well, was I editing my video
a certain way? Was I talking a certain way? Was it too slow? Something
off topic? Why did it dip? And let's not do that again? And contrast that with Spikes. Okay, what was I doing
where it spiked? And let's do more of
that. If we scroll down, these are also some good
metrics right here. How viewers find your videos. This gives you an overview of people coming from
search. External traffic. This will be something
like people searching on Google or if your video was embedded
on another website, the suggested videos, which show up on the
right hand side, when someone searches
and plays another video. You can dive into the
external data and see, k, what websites are driving traffic to your
videos. Ed Puzzle. I have no clue what Ed puzzle
is, but it's good to know. Maybe it's a potential
partnership. I can see what that website is. And if it makes sense
to maybe reach out to them and see if
they can post more of our content on their
site, that might help. YouTube search is also very, very important and helpful
because we can see, okay, what specific terms are
people searching for, and then they end up
back on our videos, like Export After Effects, how to Export after
effects, A for effects. We can click S More, and it will again pop up this in depth analytics window already on the traffic source page, which is where we can see those even more in depth analytics about these keywords
and key phrases. Suggested videos is also very interesting because
this is showing you, k, what videos on YouTube do your videos show up for
as a suggested video? Ideally, it's videos
that are related to your core topic and Niche. Switching over to
the audience tab. Here, we can see how many
returning viewers we have, which is very good to
know versus new viewers. Obviously, we want a lot
of returning viewers. We want those loyal fans. We have unique viewers. So
how many individual viewers have come to our channel or
watched a video of ours. We can see the subscribers
that we're gaining. And the most basic way to
use any of these metrics is to literally just look
at this data over time, and see, Okay, what was
happening right around here where I was getting
more subscribers? Was there a video that
I was posting right on this date around June 11 that
led to more subscribers. Was there a video
that got more views, et cetera, more retention
at that moment in time? And let's do that again. Below this, we have
some more analytics on who's watching our videos, when they're
watching our videos, what formats they like, where they are located. All of these things can help. We talked about
creating subtitles before if there is a specific audience that
speaks another language. And you have a
high percentage of people from that country or that place that
speak that language. It might be beneficial to go ahead and create subtitles
in that language. Down below, more demographic
information, age and gender. And this can just help
you decide, Okay, most of my viewers are male
between the age of 18 and 34, maybe 18 to 44, this can help me tailor maybe the topics
that I'm making videos on, maybe the way that I
speak about a topic, or I could look at
it and say, Okay, I really want to increase
my female viewership. How can I tailor my
content so that it's more likely that a female may
want to view my video? We saw the revenue tab before. This is a quick way to
see how much money you're making from your channel,
your overall revenue. You can see past months. You can see the content
that's performing the best, where you are making money, which videos, versus
shorts, et cetera. And again, all of these things, you can click S More, and it will open up
that bigger window with more data on that analytic. We're going to see more
of that coming up in a future lesson as
we dive deeper. And then lastly, we have this tab on research,
which is pretty cool. It allows you to
research topics. For example, it gives
us some ideas for top searches related
to our channel. We can see other videos related to the topics
we've created content on. And that can give us some
information on, Okay, maybe I need to
create a video about AI editing with
Adobe Creative Cloud or generative AI
in Premiere Pro. And this data will not be available for brand
new channels. You'll have to be posting
videos for a while for YouTube to be able to analyze the types of content
you're putting out, the keywords that
people are finding your videos with or the
keywords in your videos. And then it will start
to populate this data. Alright, so that's a
overview of the analytics. And in the next videos, we're going to dive into
specific techniques you can use to grow your channel
using analytics, even for small channels.
I'll see you there.
35. Use Analytics to Know the Best Time to Post a YouTube Video: Now that we know how to
navigate the analytics page, let's dive into how to
actually use these analytics, analyze them for our success. Use your analytics to know when the very best time to
release a new video is. Go to the audience tab
and then scroll down, and here you can see when
your viewers are on YouTube. The darker purple is the time that More people are on YouTube versus
the lighter purple. And this is the time that you want to be posting videos or just before this time so that your videos are
there live for them. So here I can see
that around 7:00 A.M. To nine or 10:00
A.M. Mostly on Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursdays are the biggest viewing
days, but also Mondays. So ideally, if I
have a new video, I would be publishing
videos right before then. So maybe at like 6:00 A.M. Monday through Thursday.
That makes sense. That's typically a good time to post a video, but who knows? Maybe your audience
is different. Go here and see when your audience is
online and post then.
36. Use Analytics to Know What Types of Videos Your Audience Watches: You need a topic for
your next videos, it would be nice to know what your audience is
watching so that you can create a video with your take on that
topic or your style. You can see that on
the audience page over here under channels
your audience watches, as well as what your
audience watches. So here we can see some videos that my audience is watching, how to export with transparent background and after effects, how to design and animate
an intro like Vox. I am trying to
just ignore all of the baseball videos because that's not what this
channel is about. And so this would
say, Hey, okay, I should probably create
some tutorials that show after effects animation
like they do with Vox. That's a great topic to create, and I've never actually
thought about that. So if you are looking for ideas that will have a
higher chance of working, head over here and check it
out, as you can see that might not have this information if you have a small audience, if you're not getting
a lot of views. Even this channel doesn't have enough eligible audience data to show what channels
your audience is working, watching rather. But if it does, that's super
helpful because then you can check out those channels and see what they're posting, and hopefully it
will inspire you.
37. Get More YouTube Subscribers with Analytics: Knowing where your subscribers come from is super important. So here we are under the
audience tab under subscribers? Click S More, and
we can get all of this information about where these subscribers
are coming from. On this page, we
can see right now, it's just bringing
up our content, and we're seeing, Okay, who which video is driving
the most subscribership? And this is a great way to see, After effect torial,
Proper Ptorial. How do you sequences? These are videos that
are driving subscribers? Contrast that with maybe some of these other
videos that aren't. Compare and contrast
the ones that have a high subscriber ship
and ones that don't, and then create more videos that are related to those videos that bring in more subscribers. You can also use this advanced feature to
compare to a different metric. For example, we can see year over year over the
same period of time, which videos are driving
more subscribers. For example, if we
look at the last year, it brings up this comparison
on the left and right, we can see, last year, Well, it was actually
pretty similar. It was a lot of the same videos. But this would be
good to know that, well, maybe this means
that in the past year, I haven't been putting
out videos that have been driving
subscribership, and so something
needs to change. And so that's another great way to use analytics to determine what types of content you should create to increase
your subscriber rate.
38. Use Filters for Advanced YouTube Analytics: Way that we can use
our analytics in a more advanced
way is to utilize the filters to see exactly
what we want to see. So we can pop open
the advanced mode, which is basically
the S more mode, but we can customize
exactly what we want to look at
with our filters, and then this drop down here
for what we want to see. So if we go to more metrics, we can see things like
average percentage viewed, which is a different metric
than average view duration, and more important because
it shows us which videos get the highest retention or the highest
percentage viewed. Currently, this just shows
it for all of our videos, but it's probably more
important to filter it by shorts or
long form videos. So if we want to
filter by shorts, we can type in short and then filter by content type shorts, and now we can see just
shorts. Super cool. Now we can see which short performed the best
on our channel. If we want to filter even more, we can see filter by new, type in new, and we can see
new and returning viewers. We just want to see new viewers. So this filters out our
subscribers or returning viewers, which is super
helpful to see, k, which short performed the best for new viewers to our channel. Let's go ahead and look
at videos and not shorts. And let's also filter by
published date and look at videos that were published
in the past three years. But that filters out some of those older videos that
just rank well and are solidified in that
ranking and sort of outcompete the rest of my
videos on this channel. So I can see here new videos, which ones have the
highest percentage viewed? Alright, this
premiere pro tutorial how to create a bullet list. Well, that makes
sense because this is a super short video. It's only 29 seconds. Let's look at this
one. A minute 45. Okay, another short video. So not terribly insightful to know that this got 52% watch. However, we can go down to some of these other
videos and see, Okay, which ones that are a little bit longer got a higher percentage. This one right here,
warm and bright, color grading and Premiere Pro, 40%, that's pretty high. Creating videos around
that length might be a nice spot to aim for
for future tutorials.
39. Increase YouTube Ad Revenue with Analytics: You're trying to
make content that's going to earn more ad revenue. The best way to do that
is to see which videos, do exactly that, make
the most revenue. So go into your CMO or
your advanced analytics. And here we can see based off of right now our past 28 days, the videos that have the
highest earned revenue. And then we would simply just
look at this and see, Okay, these are topics that
are making more revenue, and I want to make
more of those. Notice something, I just
want you to show that not all of these metrics here
are going to be clickable. If I open something like
average percentage viewed, which we saw previously, that's a metric that we can't reorder by highest to lowest, which is a little
bit frustrating. But if you hover over
any of these metrics, the ones that are
highlighted in black, you can see or in bold. You can click on
them, and it will reorder highest to lowest
based off that metric. For example, the video that has the most subscribers or led
to the most subscribers, we can see, did that also increase revenue or
how much did it make? Or we can say, Okay, videos with the
most impressions, order by impression, how
much money did it make? So the one with the most
impressions was my short, which didn't make that
much money at all? Simplest way to look at this is simply looking at the videos that make the most money now. We can also use that
compare to year over year, which is super
interesting to see, Okay, how much money are these videos making this
year versus last year? You can see that the revenue has actually decreased for
all of these videos. But that's not that
surprising because the total amount of views
has also decreased as well. Because there are
different spikes in how much video is
making over time, I've gone ahead and
filtered over a lifetime to see which videos are
making more ad revenue. And this is what
gave me that data, which I talked about
earlier in the course about how videos of mine,
about personal finance, and those kind of related topics have done a lot better than ones about photography in terms of bringing
in add revenue. So here we can see
that top ten ways to earn passive income,
how to retire early. What is the 4% rule? These are how to
budget with Mint. These are videos that
have done really well and add revenue, but have not done so well in terms of increasing subscribers, et cetera lately for my channel. And it's up to you to decide which metrics matter
most to you in terms of choosing the topics that you're going to
be making videos on. If making revenue is your
most important Metric, then this is what you're
going to pay attention to. If you want to get
more subscribers, which will eventually
lead to more revenue, then you might want to go to subscription source and
then click on Content. And here we can see now which videos led to
the most subscribers. My learned Premiere Pro over the lifetime
of this channel is the one that has led to
the most subscribers. But if your goal is
to make more revenue, hopefully this quick tip helps.
40. Find Out Which Topics YouTube is Pushing with Analytics: It analytics, we can see
exactly what topics YouTube is pushing out to the world
using our analytics. Head into the advanced mode. Most people pay attention
to the views column, which is the one that pops
up when we open this up, and we'll say, Oh, wow, look
at in the past 28 days. These are the videos
that got the most views. Great. I want to make more
content just like this. But a more important
metric is impressions. So if we click on impressions, we can see this is how many impressions
our videos are getting. And this tells us
that YouTube is pushing these videos
out to the world. Many top YouTubers recommend filtering to the past 90 days, which gives us a
little bit more time and data to work with, and really lets us understand where the current state of
YouTube's algorithm is. 28 days, seven days is
a little too short. And then 365 days
is a bit too long. This is also showing
us our shorts. So I'm going to filter
by content type to just our videos to see which ones get
the most impressions. Skipping the baseball
Explained video. We've got our how to
Export and after effects, photoshop, after effects, Premier Pro, still
some of our top o. So it's not completely different than the ones
that get the most views. However, there's going to
be some subtle differences, and if you're
trying to determine what topics to make
your next videos on, I would give more weight to the ones that get the
most impressions. And then look at the impressions click through rates information. And this is where you can see, Okay, what did I do? And we talked about this before with my title and thumbnails and these videos to lead to a
higher click through rate. Combining those two data
points will give us a leg up creating new content.
41. Analyze the Initial Success of Videos: We've been paying a
lot of attention to our overall channel analytics, to see the history of our videos and which ones
have done really well. But it's also
important to see how well our latest
videos have done, clicking on the advanced mode
and then going to compare to and then first 24
hour video performance. This lets us see the top
performing videos based off of the first 24
hours of their launch, which is super important
because now we can see, k, these are the videos that
people want more of, right? They want these ones that From our channel, they
want these ones that have more impressions in
those first 24 hours. It's also beneficial to see how our videos perform in the
first seven days as well. Again, to see which ones can carry on and continue
performing well. One stands out above the rest. This is a Chachi PT course. Preview, which was more than just a promo for this course, but also a preview
of the content. I can look at this
and see, Okay, some of my other lower
performing videos, let's see. This one is a promo
video for a course, but it doesn't include any
actual beneficial content for the viewer of YouTube. And using this data, I can say, Okay, well, this
did a lot better. Maybe I should include some free preview content on YouTube with any
promo that I post. This is views, but we
can also change this to impressions to see what
YouTube pushed out the most. So here, again, we see
the Cha ch EPT video, but also we have this photoshop, this other generative AI video. So all of these AI based videos have performed the best for me. You can also go up here and
adjust the published date to select more recent
videos that you published older videos,
but this allows us to see the performance just
in a certain period of time, which can be super beneficial to assess and use to determine
our next content.
42. Dive Into Analytics for Individual YouTube Videos: Something we've been doing
in the past is looking at general data across
all of our videos, but sometimes it's
important to dive deep into a single videos data to
see what's happening. We can get to that
from different places, but the easiest way is to
go to the content page, search for that video or find the video in this list
and click Analytics. Once we're on this page, we have similar data
points that we saw in our overall analytics
such as our reach, engagement, our
audience, et cetera. We also have some more
interesting data down here. If we want to see audience
retention for this video, we can look at and see, Okay, where is our audience
dropping off? Many drop off after that
first minute or so, and we can see this
is a very long video, so many drop off,
but we can see, k, there's a little dip
right here as well. What is that dip
about? Under reach, we can see how people
are finding this video, which is super important. We can see the locations here, and we can even click CMre
to bring up more data. Here on this page, we have all of the different
traffic sources, and we can see the click through rates for the different
traffic sources. So we can see, under
YouTube search, we get the highest
click through rate versus suggested
videos, not so much. Back on this reach page, we can see other data like
YouTube search terms for this specific video that people are using to get to this video. Clicking CMre will provide even more data on
these search terms. So you can learn
a lot by viewing the analytics for
a specific video, and the easiest way to
get to that is from the content page and then clicking analytics
for each video.
43. Improve Your YouTube End Screens & Get More Subscribers: One of the most
important metrics for increasing subscribers
is getting clicks to your end screens. And the most popular and
successful YouTubers will use en Screens to drive people
to another video of theirs. The more videos that someone
watches, at one time, the more likely they will actually subscribe
to their channel. So to see which end
screens are working best, go to your advanced settings. Here in this Plus menu, we're going to add n
Screen element clicks. And now we can see
which videos do well for end screen clicks. And we still have all
the capabilities of filtering by video type
by published date, if we want to just
filter two videos that have been published
more recently, et cetera. But the point is to
look at your data, see which videos have
a higher click rate and repeat that type of end
screen for your other videos. Maybe it's what you're saying in the video that works better. Maybe it's the layout of the end screen and what
is actually on there. I promise you that if you
actually pay attention, you do a end screen for
each video where you are driving that viewer to a related video and ideally
a specific related video, and then you analyze your data, you see which ones are working, and you do more of that. You're going to end up with
more and more subscribers. Thanks so much for watching, and we'll see you
in another lesson.
44. What Are & Why You Should Use YouTube Shorts: Impact comes in small
packages with YouTube shorts, and shorts are here to stay. So if you are not using shorts, it might be one of the best
ways that you can quickly grow your channel now because
not everyone is doing it, and YouTube is really
prioritizing it. So in this lesson,
we're going to learn why it's so important and talk about steps on making it easy for you to do
in the right way. You've been living under a rock. Shorts are the vertical 62nd
or less at this time of recording videos that
have its own feed where people can basically swipe through them to
go to the next one. It's YouTube's answer to
TikTok and Instagram reels. With attention spans
unfortunately decreasing and consumers wanting more quicker, shorter, engaging content. That's what YouTube
Shorts answers. And just with more people on mobile viewing videos,
it's that answer. It's crazy because when I first created this
YouTube course, probably in 2015 or 2014, I talked about never
shoot vertical video. And if you had any video shot with a phone vertically, then you would have to edit
it in a way to make it look good for a horizontal
viewing experience. Nowadays, though,
that's completely wrong because we are
shooting vertical. We are thinking about how we
can capture shots for both a short in a vertical format
and for a widescreen format. It's just crazy how
things have changed. We also have a complete course dedicated to YouTube
shorts and Reels. Now I'm going to go
into best practices. We're going to talk and look at other channels and see how
they're doing it successfully. However, if you want an extreme
deep dive into creating shorts from behind the scenes with me and my co instructor, Dan, we have another course you might want to check out.
You could find that over at video school.com find
links to that course. But right now, let's talk about why YouTube shorts
are important. There's three main reasons. One is increased visibility. YouTube is pushing shorts. They appear high in the feed for mobile and desktop viewers. And it's just a shorter form of content that more
people are consuming. So the chance that
you can get in front of a new person is higher. Also, not everyone
is creating shorts, and because YouTube is
prioritizing shorts in the feed, if someone is subscribed
to your channel, and they're subscribed to
hundreds of other channels, many of those channels
won't be making shorts. And so your videos
are going to start appearing in front of those
people more likely than longer form videos. The next reason is that it can boost engagement
with a new audience. Because the format is short, you're going to get in
front of more people. It's a quick and easy
to like your videos, and the potential to
get more subscribers increases with shorts
compared to long form videos. And lastly, you have
some content versatility allows creators to create content that is a little
bit more run and gun, a little rough and
ready, not as polished, also just experimenting
with other styles, formats, behind the scenes
or comedy, sketches, or just other ways to
share your story that maybe you don't want to have on your main channel
long form videos, but makes sense for a short. It just gives you
that flexibility. Let's look at the top five tips for creating successful
YouTube shorts. First is focus on
high impact openings. It's easy to just swipe past YouTube short if
it's not engaging. It's a little bit harder with a longer video because you
have to click on it, open it. You do have a preview of it if you're using
the mobile app, but with shorts, you really
have to pay attention to those hooks, and we already
had a lesson all about hooks. So utilize those tips
for your shorts. Try to leverage
trending topics, music, formats, or templates for reels to increase your
chance of going viral. Next, include a clear
call to action. This shouldn't come right
at the very beginning. You should create something
engaging for a viewer, but by the end of the short, you should have something a
very specific call to action. Perhaps it's to comment
or like or to head to your channel to watch a
full version of that video. This is probably the
simplest way that you can create a short is condensing a longer video into
like a preview or a teaser trailer
for that long video, then encouraging people to watch that full video
on your channel. Having a consistent posting
schedule is going to make YouTube and their algorithm want to push your videos
out to more people, and it can be a way that you
can just consistently get in front of your audience and a
new audience more and more. And even though
shorts are brief, Pay attention to the SEO, optimize them with
the thumbnail, as well as any
keywords that you can include in the description
and title of a short. We'll be walking through
how to do this in the back end of the shorts
platform and creating shorts, but you still have to pay
attention to these things to stand out and get in
front of more people. So let's look at some
real world examples of creators that are using
shorts the right way. First, we have a master at high impact openers and
creative videos with Zach King. He's been making shorts ever since Vine was a
thing that was, like, six second videos, sort of the precursor
to reels and shorts. And so check out
his way of using shorts and the vertical
format. He's a master at it. Ryan Trehan is also
another master at creating videos based
off of trending topics. And I'm showing
you these big name YouTubers that are doing this. But you can do the same
types of videos yourself. Unlike Zach, which has a
higher production value, Ryan's videos are
often shot with cameras and in a
style of shooting and editing that anyone
can edit with a phone and even free editing software on their phone or on a computer. Mark Rober, this
is a great example of having a clear call to
action with this short, where he was trying to get to 40 million subscribers
pretty incredible. I don't think it's
necessary or even beneficial to always be
asking for something. Always have a call
to action like subscribing to your
channel with your shorts. However, utilize them if you do have something that
you're trying to promote, whether it's your own channel, if you're trying to
grow your membership, if you are doing
upcoming livestream, this is where you
can actually use your shorts to help promote those things
for your channel. Having a consistent
schedule is always going to be beneficial for long form
videos, as well as shorts, and epic gardening
does this to a T. They just have it so that pretty much every long
form video that they do, they either completely create a separate vertically
shot video or they're able to convert the long form video into a shorter format
video by editing. I've done both processes, both creating shorts
from scratch, as well as converting
long form videos. If I'm thinking about
creating it as a short, it ends up doing better. A few examples of shorts
that I've created. Let's go through them. So
this was for video creation. These are very
popular where you're comparing different gear or different
shooting techniques. This is where I took
a camera and I was shooting motion in
a different way, and you can kind of see when I slow down what it looks like. I rode through the neighborhood
in search of a photo, a city scape photograph
that I had seen in my mind, one that appeared
as I drove down the freeway towards the
distant city of Los Angeles. I found it on an overpass
as the sun went down. I was able to
capture some magic. Hey. O. So with that one, I shot both vertically and
horizontal as you saw. I had to kind of rework it to make the horizontal shots work, but it was a fun little
experiment to just go out there and create a blog
specifically for shorts. Macro photography is hard. Sometimes it takes
me hundreds of shots to get one in focus. I was at the Huntington Gardens, and these bees were
flying around. Here's one of the better shots that I got. I really like it. It's in focus. Also
got this shot, this one, and this one. I was able to get some
great B roll with my B roll with my 80 millimeter macro lens using the slo moo
on my Fuji T four, which I really
really like seeing. So that was just
a little example of a phototip series that I did, and coming up with
a format where I can use the same music,
use the same template, and just throw in
a little bit of B roll with a photo that
I've shot and then do a voiceover made it
super easy to have a consistent posting schedule for those sort of photo tips. The Mini blog took a little bit more effort as
well as the FPS comparison. However, the one that did best was that FPS
comparison video. And I think that's
mostly because visually, it was the most intriguing
for someone to watch. So hopefully, this gives you some advice on why shorts are important and what to do to
make higher impact shorts. And the next lesson, we're
going to tackle how we can fit this within our content
production strategy. So I'll see you in that lesson.
45. How YouTube Shorts Fit into Your Strategy: Lesson, I'm covering how shorts fit into your overall strategy. Let's break down my five tips. One is to use
shorts to highlight or tease longer form content. So this could be a summary of a new video shot separately. It could be a condensed
version of the video. It could also be just a
completely different shot video that visually might look
better for a short, but then it purpose is to lead someone to watching
that longer form content. The next strategy is to have
standalone short content. So this might be
identifying topics or formats that work better
in short form, Quick tips, jokes, reactions to
other people's content, something that can diversify the content you offer
on your channel. The next strategy is
that you can cross promote these videos
on multiple platforms. That's the beauty of spending
time creating shorts, also be posting them
on Instagram reels, on TikTok so that you can get more bang for your buck and spending time creating
shorts content. And if you're doing
this, I would still focus the energy towards
sending traffic back to YouTube because
I find it to be the best platform for
creatives like you and me. So on Instagram, TikTok, wherever else you're
posting the shorts, make sure you're driving traffic back to your
actual YouTube channel. My fourth strategy for utilizing shorts is
to use it as a way to engage with your audience and experiment with
different ideas, different formats,
different topics. Because shorts are easier to create and you can
put out more of them. It's a great way
to analyze what's working for your audience and what's not working
for your audience. And then you can use
that information to tailor your
longer form content. And my last strategy for fitting shorts into
your schedule is to try to be regular
but flexibly regular. Plan for a balance of schedule shorts and then
impromptu releases that capitalize on trends or current events for that maximum
relevance or engagement. If there's a trending
style or format of a real, make sure you have
that flexibility in your schedule to just go out and create a video
copying that style. For your own audience. Some real world
examples of creators doing just this
include Mark Rober, using shorts to tease upcoming projects or experiments
that he's working on. It's a great way to build
excitement and anticipation for any sort of long reform content that might be coming
out at a future date. In terms of creating
standalone content, check out Rosana Pencino, who creates shorts
around her baking and lifestyle content that
are separate from her traditional longer
tutorial videos. Peter McKinnon does a
great job cross posting his shorts to other platforms
like X and Instagram, drawing more viewers back
to his YouTube channel. To start out, I would have
a one for one strategy. Ideally, you're putting
out about one video per week on a normal schedule, and that means putting
out one short as well. I would combine both having teaser shorts where
you're trying to tease a longer form video as well as standalone shorts. Try both options and see which
ones are more successful. And within analytics, we can
see how many subscribers you're getting from shorts compared to longer
reform videos. Now, you have to be
careful about creating a channel that's based
solely on shorts, bringing in subscribers versus your long reform content
because you could fall into a trap of your long
reform content not working. However, there's
definitely a balance that you can find with both formats. Make this easier for you, there's a few key
things I would do. One is batch process
your shorts. To is come up with
a template that you can re use for your shorts, and then three outsource. Outsource the editing of
this or even the creation of this by converting your long reform map
videos into shorts. You can find editors
on Upwork or Fiber or in your local area
to help you with this. Thank you so much for
watching this lesson, and we'll see you
in the next one.
46. Using the YouTube Mobile App to Upload & Create Shorts: In this lesson, I want to
walk through the process of creating and uploading
a Tube short on the app. So go ahead and open
up the Tube app. And then at the bottom, you
just click that little plus sign right in the
middle. And here you go. You could actually start
recording a video. You can swap cameras
if you want, by clicking that flip button. Say, H i. Hi, everyone. There you are. And
there's my dirty closet. You have all kinds of other filters and effects that you can see on
the right hand side, if you click that little
arrow to drop down that menu, we can retouch. We can change the lighting, all kinds of stuff here. Alternatively, you
could actually upload a video that you've
either edited or you can put together a
video by going to your files or your photos
down in the bottom left. I'm going to click this photo of this awesome guy playing accordion at the local
farmers market. I love this. And here we see that
currently there's a 62nd limit for shorts
up at the top, right. And at the bottom, we have
our little timeline editor. So if we don't want
this entire clip, we can just take in
the left intro mark, maybe right after
this person walks by. And then we can I don't mind
having people walking by. And then we'll go for
a few more seconds. This is a great little video. If you were the
marketing department for this farmer's market. You could put this out there
the day up after the fact, really showcasing the
vibe that's going on. And then you click Done. So at this point, you see
at the top that red bar. That's how much time has
been taken up in your short. We can add a clip to this by either recording
now or adding another video clip or just click this check mark
in the bottom right. Now is the time to
add your effects, your titles, your graphics, everything to this
specific clip. So the first process
is lining up your clips in the
right order and adding them to your sort
of like your time line. And so now we can on
that right hand menu, add things like titles. So pressing that title
button brings up our title. Similar to pretty much any
other social media out there, if you've ever done a real
or a short or a post, you'll see something like this. So I've typed in some text. We can change the
background color. In the top left. You could let justify at center,
right justify. We can turn on or off the background or the
style of the text. Up at the top in the center, we can change the font. Let's get something a little
bit more farers Market. On the right side,
you can increase or decrease the size of the text with this
little slider bar. And then once you're happy
with the text as it is, we can press it done, and
it pops up on our short. So now we can rotate it
using our two fingers to pinch and squeeze and rotate,
put it up at the top. Something like that
looks pretty good. Over on the right hand
side, you also have options for going
back to the timeline. The one below that is filters, so we could add a
filter to this. Let's see if we
have something like this golden tone or maybe the vintage one looks
pretty good for this clip, and then press the check
mark to save that. You could add your
voice over or Q&A, and then you'll want to
click next. Tap next. And then on this page,
you write your caption, you choose your visibility. You can tag products, allow video and audio remixing, so people can use this short in their own shorts or videos, add turn on comments or not. One thing I will mention
is that the thumbnail or that initial still image
is super important. And at this time, there's not a separate image uploader
for the thumbnail. So we're going to tap that little pencil icon
in the top left. And now we can scrub through to find the
perfect thumbnail. And what many people
do is they might cut in a scene that looks
like a good thumbnail or have it at the end of the clip or at
the very beginning and have a more
dynamic thumbnail that's more eye catching. So when people are looking
at the feed or if they're on the desktop version,
it's more clickable. You would want to use all of those similar best practices for designing thumbnails that we taught you earlier
in the course. And that's it. You
can tap upload short, and it will upload and post.
You can save the draft. If you want to schedule this, you can tap the pup
visibility and change it to schedule and do everything like you did with a
normal UTub video. So that's how to use the
app to create Tube shorts. Best of block. I can't wait
to see what you create. Send it over, tag me, and I can't wait
to check it out. Thanks so much, and we'll
see you in another video. By
47. Introduction to the Equipment Section: Welcome to this new section of the course all about equipment. In this section,
we're going to be tackling cameras, audio gear, soundproofing,
lighting, and all of the important gear for
any YouTube channel. Some of these lessons come
from another course of mine, so you'll notice that the design of the graphics look a
little bit different, but rest assured that
equipment that I recommend is still exactly
what I would recommend today. Also note, this is
important that equipment models get released every
year, every so often. So if there's something that I recommend and you're watching this course in a month
or six months or a year, there might be a newer
version of that equipment, but still, in general, it's going to be the same
recommendation for that brand, for that camera, for that
microphone, et cetera. Know you're going to have a lot of questions about equipment, and that's where we have our Q&A discussion
on the course. Go ahead, post
questions, myself, my assistant, or
other students can also help provide
feedback to you. Thank you so much, and
let's dive right in.
48. Cameras: Talk about cameras might be the most important
piece of equipment that you have for your
video creation studio. After all, without a camera. We can't be recording videos. Cameras are more
affordable than ever and the ability to
be able to record straight to your computer in high quality live stream content from your phone now is easier and just more
available than ever. We really live in a golden age of being able to
create great content. Even when I started creating
with my first studio, it was very difficult
and expensive to set up your own home studio
with a nice quality camera and especially one
that can actually record directly
on your computer. So let's just all
say, thank you. We live in a great
age in terms of this. Now, I have a few questions
for you that are going to change what type of
camera you might get. The first is, when
you're filming, are you stationary
or are you mobile? And for most of
us, this is we're going to be in one setup
place, which helps us out. But for some of us, we might be moving around in our studio, we might be changing the angle. Things like I'm going to be
doing in this course itself. The next question is,
what is your budget? Cameras can range from $100, 2000s upon
thousands of dollars. Little secret I'll
tell you is that you don't have to spend
thousands of dollars to get great footage from
your camera and actually more important
than the camera itself is the lighting and the
audio setup that makes the video look
and sound amazing too. So you don't have to worry about if you don't
have a lot of money. But this is going to determine some things like maybe
you have to start with a webcam compared to a nice fan miles camera that has that nice
blurry background. Then the last
question is, do you want something just
simple or advanced? If you're not into
video creation, if you don't know how
to work a camera, there is a learning
curve to doing so, especially on getting
one of those mirrors or Dillar cameras set up on your computer
for live streaming, that can be difficult. Or if you want to be dealing with memory cards and
importing and exporting, if you want it
just to be simple, there are webcam options that
look really good nowadays. These are the three questions I have for you and I'm going to go into all of the different
choices that you have. Unlike some other courses, I'm actually going
to be giving you some specific options
that I recommend. The first camera that
I want to talk about is the interchangeable
lens camera. This is a camera
where the lens can actually come off and you can
switch it for another one. The benefit of this is
that the lens really can determine the style
and look of the video. For example, right now,
I'm using on my Fuji film, XT four, as of recording, a 16 millimeter lens. Now, this is a crop
sensor camera. I'll talk a little bit
about that in a moment. But this is what this
look looks like. I can be pretty
close to the camera. We have that closeness as
a creator and a viewer have that intimacy that I'm
right here with you with this particular lens that allows me to shoot with
not too much light, get that nice blurry
background aesthetic. You can also see
the full background of my home studio
space in this shot. This is a mirrorless camera. There are DSLR cameras, and really all you
need to know is This is a technology that has changed over
the past ten years. DSLR is the older style
of digital camera, where when you started to film, there was actually a
mirror system that opens and closes to
cover the sensor. With a mirrorless camera, there is no mirror. It's mirrorless, and
that sensor just starts to capture light directly coming at
it from the lens. There's different
benefits to this, like the size of the camera, the quality, the low
light capabilities. This day and age, really any of these cameras
can be great, but most modern camera
companies are moving towards mirrorless cameras as there really only new type of body type of camera body
that they're making. This is really that one
camera to rule them all. It's a camera that
can do both video, photo. It can be great for
your home studio setup, but it can also be something you take around, travel with you, film out in the field as
well, unlike a webcam. The two pros of mine for this
are the quality is amazing. You can get better looking
video in lower light, which is harder
with most webcams. Also, you get that
nice blurry background aesthetic that we've come
to love in a lot of videos. The cons are, it's
more expensive. There's more gear to deal with. You've got the camera, you've got batteries,
you've got the lenses. Then also, you may
require a middleman card A conversion capture card that takes the video
and converts it to be able to do live streaming or recording directly
to your computer. If that's something
you're interested in and having it all
set up so that you can just record from your computer live stream to YouTube
with a camera, then depending on the
camera you choose, you might need that extra
piece of equipment, which will cover in a second. This just ends up being
more complicated. Can see all the brands over
here, and there's even more. We've got Cannon, Sony, Nikon, Fuji film,
Panasonic, Black Magic. These are all great brands
that make great cameras. And at this day and age, you can get a camera from any of these brands that
will do a great job. Now, you might be
asking me, Phil, what's the one brand
that I recommend, and that's an impossible
question because brands It's just like how we're setting up a studio space
in a different style, or you might have a YouTube that you like because
they're aesthetic, cameras are the same. Some cameras are more fun to use because it looks
a different way. Some are easier to use because
the menu system is easier. Some are cool because the
quality is better than others, and there's so many variables
to the different cameras. When I recommend to people, what you should do is you really should go out and
practice with them, go to a camera shop. I know it sounds so old school, but put it in your hands. Hold the camera See
how you like it, see if it feels natural to you. But if you're looking for some top popular camera models for YouTube studios here
are a few to check out. The Sony ZV one or
the ZV E one is a super popular inexpensive
mirrorless camera. The Sony A seven S three is also another one that's a
little bit higher quality. The Fuji film X S 20, the Panasonic Lumicx GH
six, the Canon R five, which is their mid tier
mirrorless camera, the Canon power shot G seven, which is a more affordable
point and shoot camera. Then the nConZ 30. Now, I mentioned these
specific models, knowing that when
you watch this in a year or two years from the time of
creating this course, there's going to be a new
version of these cameras. When you're looking at these
camera models in the future, make sure you check the
cameras website if there's a newer version of this
specific line of cameras. For example, with
the canon R five, there might be a
R five Mark two, or there's other R series
cameras like the R six, and they have different
capabilities, but also the prices
might be more or less. These are some semi budget friendly options
that I've listed here. Now, I do have to
pause and talk a little bit about
lenses here because with any of these cameras
that are not the point in shot cameras that have a fixed attached lens
that you can't change, you'll have to decide what
type of lens you want. This is also going to
change if you have a crop sensor or a full
frame sensor camera. To put it simply, the
full frame sensor is bigger than the crop sensor. What that also means
is if you have the same lens on a
full frame camera, like let's just say the 16 millimeter right
here that I'm using, it would actually be a wider shot then what I'm shooting with
a crop sensor camera. To try to understand
that better, if you are trying to get
the widest shot possible, then a full frame camera
will allow you to do that with a specific lens. In other words, if I put a 35 millimeter lens from a full frame camera to
a crop sensor camera, the view or focal length
of that lens will actually get tighter or look more
zoomed in basically. This is going to change
depending on your camera. But my general
advice for picking a lens is for a
crop sensor camera, pick something between that
12 to 28 millimeter range. You also have lenses
that are zoom lenses, so they can cover
that whole range, whereas a prime lens is one that is one
specific focal length. This lens I'm using right now, I can't zoom in and out with it. It's just this field of view. But if I had a zoom lens
like I have another lens, the 16 to 55, I could change from
what this looks like, 16 and then zoom into 55, which is very helpful, especially if you are
demonstrating things, if you're doing gear review, if you want to get B
roll of other footage, you might want to
go for a zoom lens. Now on a full frame camera, a 12 millimeter lens might be a little bit too
wide for most people. Some people like that aesthetic. Sometimes you tubers use that, and you can see
their full desk in front of them and them
and the background, and the camera is still just a couple feet
away from them. But it can start to
feel a little bit warped if you're too
close to the camera. Something still
along the lines of a 16 millimeter to
a 24 millimeter, 30 millimeter should work
with full frame as well. It's just going to be
a little bit wider. Maybe something
more like a 16 to a 35 might be the best bet for
your full frame camera set. Quick tip about choosing lenses. If there is one of your
inspirational creators out there. Oftentimes, they will list
the equipment that they use, either in their
YouTube videos or they might have a page on
their website somewhere. There's also a lot of
people who analyze this. They might have
done an interview where they've talked
about it before. Search for your
favorite creators and what lens or camera that
they use in their setup. Let's talk about webcams. Now, webcams don't
get a lot of love, but there are some pros to
them like being plug and play. They are decent
quality nowadays. You can get HD and even
four K video with them. The cons are that they can't
be used easily for a lot of B roll or video unless you're just really sitting at
your desk doing that. The quality or that
style is not as good as an interchangeable
lens camera. Are some new webcams that are attempting to get
that blurry background. There's even the
filters that we have with blurring your
background on tools that you've probably
used before like Zoom or different screen
capturing software that automatically do this. In the future, it might
get easier and easier, but it's still not
as easy or good or natural as the
mirrorless or DSLR camera. But what's great is
you just plug it in. It's USB, it connects to your computer and you can start recording videos like that. A couple of options that
you might want to check out are the PLC one.
This is the one that does attempt to have nicer quality video and that
nice background aesthetic, but you're going to pay
a higher price for it. The Logitech C 920 pro, this is one that I've sworn
by for over ten years, they've upgraded
it a little bit, but the quality is
just really good. It's often better than what the internal webcam might be
for a laptop or computer, and I highly recommend it. Logitech also has the Brio, which is their four K option, which is great if your
computer can handle it, which is another
thing to consider. If you're recording in four K, which is higher
resolution quality video, your computer has to be
able to handle those files, both recording those files
and editing those files. And so you need a fast decent quality
computer to do that. Then lastly, check
out the razor Keo P, which is used by some
other YouTubers out there, and they also like the quality and aesthetic
of this camera. More thing I want to mention
is multi camera setups. With any of these cameras
that I've mentioned, you could purchase
multiple of them. You could have a combination of them and use them together. But there are systems that are made to work together
with multiple cameras. This would be good
if you're doing interview setups and you
have multiple people doing podcasting or educational videos where you are working
with your hands. You want a talking head video, but then you want to be
able to cut to trap and vegetables or painting something or designing whatever it is. You might want to have that
top down overhead camera. There's one system
out there that I will recommend the
Logitech Mivo, which works together
really well. Again, this is a quick and
easy plug and play option. However, as I mentioned, you could have multiple
mirrorless cameras. I could have two Fuji film
T four recording right now. You could even tie
them into a computer and be recording and
switching live with them. But if you're not going to
be doing live switching, then you just have to deal with Syking later on, multiple
cameras, multiple files, and all of that, which is
great to improve quality, but it does end up
adding a lot of work. I hope this long video
answered a lot of questions you had with picking the right camera for
your home studio. I know you're probably going
to have more questions, so feel free to post them in the course and we'll be
happy to help you out. Awesome, I'll see you
in the next lesson.
49. Microphones & Audio Gear: Now that we've talked
about cameras. Let's talk about
audio equipment, which for online videos is even more important in some
cases than the video quality. Some key questions
to ask yourself, are you mobile or
are you stationary? This can determine what kind of microphone you'll
be able to use. Next is, do you mind having the microphone in
the shot with you? Lastly, what's your budget? There's several styles of
microphones out there. There's the podcasting
or studio mic. This is what you'll see a lot of YouTubers using where you
see it on the camera. This is what I use
for my tutorials, and even a lot of
my online courses, you'll see that big
microphone in the frame. That microphone, that style gets really high
quality audio and oftentimes does the best job at not recording
background noise. If you're in a
noisy environment, you can still get high
quality audio with these. Next, you have your
lavalier or Lapel Mike. This is what I'm using
right here for this course. This is the one that
clips onto your shirt. They make them
really, really high quality now and they're
not too expensive. This is great if you're mobile, but it's also great if you
just don't want to have a big microphone in your frame and still
get high quality audio, and they make them so that
they can easily plug directly into your camera or even plug
into your computer as well. Then lastly, you have the boom
or the shotgun microphone. This is the one
where if you've ever seen a film set,
you see someone, your boom operator
holding a big pole and at the end of that
is a big microphone. This is great if you have a
studio setup where you can put a microphone that's
directly over the frame. Usually it would
just be pointing or peeking right over the
frame out of frame. Usually it would be just right out of the frame right here, and I've used that
microphone for a lot of my videos
in the past in different studio setups because the quality of audio you get with shotgun microphones
is often Not always, but often more full, better quality than something
like a lavalier microphone, and it's one where
you don't see it, which is nice to have
that clean frame. Now, with all of these
different types of microphones, there's different
ways you actually connect it to your computer. Some are USB where
you can simply plug it into your USB port
and start recording. Oftentimes, it's not
as easy as that. Non USB microphones
will have either the mini 3.5
millimeter mic jack. That's just that little plug. It probably looks like
the old headphone cables. It's like this one here. This is a road micro
onboard shotgun microphone. This is a small one that I sometimes use on my camera
when I'm out blogging, and this has that 3.5 millimeter
little microphone jack. Higher quality microphones like this big shotgun microphone, the road NTG three. This has an XLR output. This connection is a
little bit higher quality. It allows higher
quality sound to get through to your
recording device, but obviously this doesn't plug directly into
your computer. Now I want to go
through some examples of different microphones
that I suggest, and I'll talk more
about the pros and cons and the different types and
when you would use them. Let's start with USB microphones and the pro quality options. The road podcaster
is a popular one. Again, this is going to
be a big microphone that you have to be close to
to get good quality. That's the thing with these
podcasting or studio mics. You can record with
them far away, potentially just out of
the frame of the camera, but really they're meant
to be right up within six to 12 " of your face
to get the best quality. Sure M V seven is another
one that is great. Again, these are USB mics that plug directly into
your computer. Here are some budget
friendly options. We have the Blue Yeti X, Blue Yeti, the Blue Snowball. These are some of the standards that content creators have
been using for years. The quality will not be as high as the road podcaster
or the S M, but the budget is a
bit more friendly. We have the Audio
Technica AT 20:20 X. Audio Technica makes a really great quality
microphones for the price, and I would actually
recommend there mics a bit more
than the Blue Yeti. There are some USB
Lavalier microphones like the San Heizer X S Lav USBC mic. This is a great
microphone company, San Heizer makes some of the best audio quality products used on professional film sets, and they have this plug in play, USB Lavalier microphone,
which is great. But with this one, you're
going to have to be close to your computer
that you're recording on. The benefit or the use of this
would be if you don't want a big microphone in your screen or maybe you're
moving around a little bit, you can use this, but
you still are going to be wired to the computer, so you can't have
a lot of mobility. Now, with a non USB microphone, you're going to need an
audio interface that is either recording separately or can be connected
to the computer. Now, this is a question for you in the process of
making your videos. Can record all of your
video separately. So you can record directly
into your camera, or if you don't have
a camera that has the right input like
an Celer input, you might have to
record separately into an audio recorder. Or you might want
to set up so that you're able to film everything directly
into your computer. The Zoom h4n or the h6n, these are very similar. They just have different inputs. This is a great tool
that has multiple uses. You can take it out in the
field, record with it, you can plug multiple
LR microphones for podcasting with
multiple people, and you could individually just the levels if someone's
talking higher or not. You can also plug these
into your computer and use it as an
audio interface that basically takes the audio signal and transforms it so that your computer can
read it and use it as a USB plug and
play microphone. Another tool that I have is the focus right
Scarlet two I two. You can't see it right now, but I'll show it
to you close up in the studio buildout
lessons later on. But this is also a
simple interface that just plugs in with USB and you can plug in your microphones
directly into it. Similarly, the audience 04
is another similar option. If you want a simple option, the sure bx two U is a
great LR to USB tool, where it doesn't have any of the other options of
changing the sound quality, the levels really of your audio, but it just takes your LR
and makes it USB basically. Here are some examples
of microphones that you might want to look at that
are not USB microphones. Some higher quality
microphones like the Hi PR 40. This is the podcasting mic
that I've used for years. I love it. I use it
for my tutorials. I love the sound quality of it. The Sure s7b. This is a YouTube favorite. You've probably heard
of this one before, and it sounds great. It looks great, super clean. It is a bit pricey too. Both of those are pretty pricey. You are wanting to go
with a lavalier setup, there is the road
wireless go setup. That's what I'm using right now. It's super cool
because I have it plugged into my camera while
I'm recording this course, and it records directly
into the camera. But in this little
pack that I'm using, here it is, it's the microphone. It has this little
wireless transmitter. It's also recording in this. So Some issues you might
have with a wireless setup is if you get too far from the camera or from the
wireless receiver, the audio quality starts
to cut in and out. This solves that issue
because it's always recording a backup of the raw audio
right in the device. DJI, the maker of great drones and video products
also has the DJI mic, which does very similar things. There's also the
road Smart Lav plus, which is for smartphones. If you're recording out
in the field or even in your studio and you're recording directly to a Smartphone, this is the lavalier
that I would recommend. If you are looking
for a higher quality of a Lavalier setup, the San Heizer M K E
two is a great option. I use San yz wireless
mics for a long time. Lavalier is the G three kit, and that was my go
to for filmmaking. It is higher quality
than the road series, but it is about three
times the price. Now, let's look at some shotgun
options or the boom mics. You have the Seniser MKH 416, the road NTG four, NTG three, NTG two. As you can see, there's a
series of these microphones, and the price goes up,
the higher quality. For most of us creating YouTube
videos in a home studio, the cheapest option
is going to be fine. Although there are things like reducing the
background noise, having a higher quality, more directional microphone that focuses on just what's
in front of it, which is what a
shotgun mic should do. Where if you go with the higher quality higher
priced option, it's going to sound better. The Seniser MKE 600 is
another popular option. If you're looking for something that's an onboard microphone, so if you're just filming directly to your
camera or even if you have something like
a mirrorless camera plugged into your computer, You might want to just use the audio from that microphone. Oftentimes, it's not going to be as high quality as a separate
dedicated microphone, like a Lavalier,
a podcasting mic, or a shotgun mic that's putting and closer to me as a creator. But the onboard video Mike pro from Road is one
of the best out there, and you can also use it for
going out in the field, doing blogging and
that kind of thing. Might be saying, Phil, this
is all great information. How do I pick the
one that I want? Well, it goes back
to your purpose. What are you doing?
What are you creating? Are you a podcaster? Are you a tutorial doing
educational tutorials? Are you mobile? Are
you out in the field? Are you in a noisy space? Are you in a quiet
basement office that is fairly quiet already? All of these factors
are going to determine what microphone
you might need. If you were to ask me, I'm
just getting started out and I am going to be filming
in one place in my studio. I would go with one of
those USB podcasting mics, like the road
podcaster or one of the more budget friendly
USB microphones like the audio technical
one that I mentioned. A few audio accessories
that you might want to consider are a pop
filter or a wind filter. On my ile PR 40, I have a little
cover that cuts down on the those pop sounds, because if you say P words, it often blows air into the
microphone and you'll need a little wind filter or a cover that's going
to cut that down. You'll need a stand or a boom arm depending
on the type of mic, something that will hold
up your microphone. As I mentioned, if you are
using a non USB microphone, you'll need an audio
interface that converts your microphone to your computer if you're recording
on your computer. And a biggie is good quality headphones so that when you're
editing your videos, you're actually listening
with high quality headphones and not just your
computer speakers so that you can really hear
what your microphone sounds like and edit it to make it
sound the best it can be. We're going to be looking
at how we set this up, how it works in the studio setup sections with Dan and myself
even more later. I hope you enjoyed this lesson and we'll see you
in the next one.
50. Sound Proofing: Let's talk about sound proofing. In most studio spaces in a
home or an office or anywhere, you're going to need
to do some sound proofing to reduce the
background noise and the reverberation or the echo you might have when your audio, when your voice is bouncing
off the hard wall, floor and ceilings
of an empty space. How do we do this?
Well, like anything, there's the budget
option and then there's the expensive
professional, but ultimately higher
quality option as well. DI Y method of sound proofing, which you're going
to do regardless, even if you're doing some professional audio
sound proofing is things like adding a
carpet to your space. Before having a carpet or a rug, record some audio
on your phone on your camera and then add your rug and see how
much it changes. It's a dramatic
change when you add a nice fluffy rug that absorbs some of
that reverberation. Adding more furniture
to the room, especially softer
furniture will help this like having a
chair or a couch. Even if it's not in
the camera frame, especially if it's
actually in front of you, in the direction of what you're filming will help with this. Having a big fluffy
dog also helps with soundproofing,
highly recommended. One DIY trick is to
actually hang up blankets right around you outside of the
frame of the video. This is what I've often done
in my studio spaces when really wanted that
best quality sound. I was filming in my garage, which I converted to a
studio for a few years. But that's a big space. Whenever I was filming a course, I would set up using a background stand or a
couple of light stands. I would set up some blankets
around the camera and that really helped reduce the echo and the
background noise. So more professional options are acoustic panels or they're often called absorption panels. Now, you can find
these cheap online on Amazon and they might
work a little bit, but you could also go through
a professional company that makes them that
they're actually engineered to reduce echo. It's not just like putting a egg crate soft film
panel on your wall, which can help, but it
is more of a DAY option. There's acoustic blankets
that work in a similar way. Again, these can be hung up. They can be draped
over furniture, put around the room, put in front of a wall so that
it doesn't sound as echoe There's also sound
booth options. You could literally build out your studio as a
sound booth or you could build a sound booth around your microphone and I'll show you some options in a second. Then lastly, one cool thing
if you're looking to build a nicely designed looking set is using acoustic canvases
where you can actually print or have a blank canvas
that just looks nice. You might not even be
able to see or tell, but right behind me over here is an acoustic Canvas panel
that is hanging on the wall. I have a couple
behind my computer as well that absorbs
a lot of that. Then behind the camera, I'll show you in
the studio section is a photo that I actually
took and printed out, but it's an audio
sound acoustic panel that works just like
the other panels, but now it's a piece
of art as well. Specific examples of products
that I use and recommend, I'm going to be
showing that to you in the later section in my
studio setup section. Hold off. I'll show you
there and until next time, I'll see you in the next lesson.
51. Analyze Your Space: Talked a lot about equipment. But something you need to do
before you start setting up your space is to really
analyze it for the sound, the light and the backdrop
that you'll eventually choose. Depending on things like
windows, doors, the size, and of course, your purpose, it's going to change how
you can set up your space. When thinking about the
lighting of your videos, if you have a window, you have to decide if you want that window to be a part of your setup or if you want that light coming
in from the window, help light your set, or if you want to
block it out so that your videos have
a consistent look. You can block out the light
with blackout curtains, or you can cover it
up with a blanket, which will work if the window itself is not a part of
your video in the frame. You can also utilize the window
light as your key light, your main light, which is great
if you have a big window, But depending on the
direction it faces, and when you can film, you might not have enough
light to light yourself, light your videos, and
it's going to be changing. If it's a cloudy day, if there's clouds going
across it, if it's sunny, if you're filming in the
afternoon or the morning, it's going to dramatically
change what it looks like. I like utilizing natural light. But for most of you,
I would recommend having artificial
lighting that will have a more consistent look
But the light from the outside window
can add to it. As you've probably
seen in this course, the light coming from behind me has actually
dramatically changed. It's a cloudy day and it was sun earlier on when
I was filming this. But because I have
artificial lights, I'm still lit fairly well. I also have this sheer curtain covering the window so that you don't see the dramatic
change of lighting, it filters it and it softens that lighting
coming in from outside. I'm also filming earlier in the day where the sun is
not shining on that window, which it only does
late in the afternoon. Which also makes the light a little bit less harsh
and directional because it's just bouncing
off everything outside of that window
and spreading out, diffusing rather than being
harsh into the frame. That light can be used as a
side light or a field light. If you have one light that's lighting your face from
one side as the key light, that window can add
additional light to fill out the shadows on the
other side of your face. This might have to be the
case if you are choosing to use the wall that is the biggest cleanest wall without a window
as your backdrop. You might just happen to
have a window that's on the side of you that will
help light your face, or you can block it out. If you're in a setup where there has to be a window behind you. The main thing is
that you'll need a key light that will
overpower the light coming in. I used to always
recommend never, never, never film with a
window behind you, but I'm doing it right now. The reason I'm
doing it right now is I like the look of this. I chose to film this way, which is not my typical way
of filming in this office, but you can see my
whole studio setup, which I really like, being
able to see that in this shot. And I have, again, the key light
that's overpowering any light coming in there, so I'm not a silhouette. When you step into your space,
also think about sound. The first thing you want to pay attention to is, is there echo? Is there reverb? Is
there carpet or not? Are the walls hard? Is the ceiling high? Are there things like that
that will create more echo? Is it a large space, or is it a small
space that will be easier to add sound proofing? To reduce that echo. Then also, is there background
noise from outside. I know a lot of friends
and creators who live in bigger cities that deal
with loud noise outside. This is going to determine
the microphone you get, the sound profing you can do, and maybe even
when you can film. I know people who film only at night in the
middle of the night, and that's going to determine what kind of
lighting you will need. You can see that you
really have to analyze your space ahead of time before you can actually
start setting it purchasing equipment
and actually filming. And then, of course, you have to look at your background and see in your space where you
want your background to go. Depending on your
camera, your style, it might be important to have some space between you
and that background. If you want that nice,
blurry aesthetic, that sort of style
that people go for, then you're going to
have to have space behind you. You might
not have that space. You might be in a smaller
space that doesn't allow it. Or maybe you're
designing your space and you want it to be
an office or there's another person in
there with you and your desk has to be
in a specific spot, and you're going
to be a little bit closer to the backdrop. So you only have so much
space to work with. The key point is
that really what is important is being able to
focus on you, the subject, you can do that by either
cleaning up the background, so there's not much in
there or by focusing on you by literally having the focus of the camera on you with a
blurr your background. To get that, you
need space between you and the camera and you and the subject in
the background. Another thought just
to think about is, do you want everything
to be square behind you with a flat wall behind you, or do you not mind
being at an angle? A lot of YouTubers,
the aesthetic, the style now is that
squared off look. It didn't always
used to be that way, but this is just again, something that maybe
a specific wall will look better squared off, and you may or may
not be able to have your camera in the position
where it looks squared off. This is going to
take a little bit of playing around on your end. So you might want to
go into your space, set up a camera and see
what it looks like before you start actually placing
elements in your background. Then lastly, do you want to have multiple shots or angles
as options in your space? As I mentioned here,
I'm filming in this one direction,
which is great. With this, I need
a separate light than the one right
there on my desk, which is my typical
key main light for my filming setup when I'm at
my desk filming tutorials. I've designed this
office to have at least three different
options for shots, which you'll be seeing
in my setup section. But this is something to
think about with you. Do you want to have
a space setup with multiple filming locations or angles to be able
to change it Okay, start to analyze your space if you haven't done so already, think about things
like lighting, sound, and what your backdrop
is going to look like. We'll see you in the
next section that will hopefully inspire
you on your journey. See you there.
52. Lighting for YouTube: This lesson, we're
going to learn about lighting your
YouTube videos, and I've made the lights in here a little bit more dramatic
than I typically do. I'm actually going to just
pass this to Phil from another advanced videography
class where I've broke down my entire
YouTube lighting setup, talked about where
I place slights, how I play slights, the settings, and
everything like that. So I'm going to pass you over there to learn about lighting. In this video, we're
doing a little bit of a deeper dive into a few
different lighting options. So this is a setup I would
use for a YouTube video, an online course video, where I'm talking
directly to the camera. I'm centering myself
in the frame. I spent a little bit more time
setting up my background, which has some photos
that I've taken, and I'm in my garage
studio, as you can see, over there from that camera, I have a little bit of room to work with, which is really nice. Now, right now, the
lighting that I'm using is just a bunch of light coming
from behind the camera, which is my garage door opened. What you can see is just
a lot of ambient light. It's not direct sunlight, but that's typically better. This would be the
same idea of having a big window and
sitting in front of it or to the side of it with that light coming in
from that window. It's a nice set up. I'm looking at my monitor right here and I can see it's very soft
light, very even light. There's light coming from
both sides of my face. There's a little bit
of a shadow behind me from this light stand right here that I'm going
to be using as a back light or a hair light. But overall, it's pretty good. But if I want a
little bit more of a dramatic, different look, what I'm going to do now
is close the garage door and start by turning on my key light,
which is right here, then we'll add my back
light right here, that's going to be my hair Then I'm going to add
this third light, which is going to be shining
up on the background, which is going to really make me pop from that background. Let's go do that. Here I
am with one key light. Now, I can change the position
of this a little bit. Right here, it's
just a little bit off to the right
side of the camera, if you were behind the
camera or to my left. It's pretty harsh though, and it's pretty direct. Now, the settings on my camera, I'm using a wide
16 millimeter lens on my crop sensor Fuji camera. But I'm still at the
one 48th shutter speed. I'm at 160 ISO,
which is pretty low, and then I have my
aperture to really control the brightness and
the exposure of my image. It's a little bit bright. But if I'm going for that ultimate shallow
depth of field look, and I want to open up
all the way to F 1.4, which is a pretty
shallow depth of field. Then this is what that's
going to look like like. So the benefit of having an LAD panel that I
can dim down is to be able to control my lighting with the light panel
itself so that no matter what settings
I have on my camera, it's still going to
be exposed properly. So I'm going to
move this light in a little bit and dim
it down just a bit. That's pretty good.
I'm going to add about 20% power on
this light panel. So these panels come in different
brightnesses and things, but this is a typical 1
ft by 1 ft LED panel. It's the equivalent
equivalent of 500 watts. So this looks pretty good. Now, F 1.4 is super
shallow depth of field. And so I might bump
it up, let's see. F two is going to be still
super shallow depth of field, but give me a little
bit more room if I'm moving in and out so
that I'm in focus. Now I'm using my auto focus
to try to get focus on my face and then switching
back to manual focus. Obviously having another shooter there would be beneficial to make sure that we have
perfect focus manually, or I get set up sometimes I set up a tripod with like
a T shirt or something that's right here
in this plane in this focal plane to get focus
manually before I sit down. So now you can see though from the first natural light setup
to the one light setup, how different this looks. I think bringing that
light as close as possible with some
of that diffusion on gives it this very cool vie with the background falling
back into darkness. You get that by putting
this light as close as possible and as low as possible. If I had this back
further and brighter, the background is going
to be brighter as well. If you want that dark
background look, Bring it up close,
just like this. Now, let me add my backlight. Now, this backlight was
a little bit of an issue because this camera
is very wide. So I had to move that back
light pretty far away, so we're going to see what
it looks like right here. So you can see on this side
of my face and on my back, how it sort of lights me up, and it gives me a
little bit more definition from the background. Now, I think it's a
little bit bright. I can also see it
sort of shining in the top corner of
this video frame. Dally, I want it to be positioned opposite from
what my key light is. In a perfect world, I would
have it closer or up higher, and if I wasn't using
a wide angle lens, I would be able to
get away with that. We're having to deal
with the elements of our situation,
but that's fine. We're working with it. So I'm just dimming it down because it doesn't have to be so bright. It's just still a little
bit of definition. Now, I want to show you what it would look like compared to this shot right here where you can see some light on
this side of my face, which I'm not a huge fan of. If I'm just let me just put it right behind me and show
you what that looks like. So, this is a more ideal look with this hair light behind me. Obviously, you see
that light stand, and if you're going
for a shot where you want to see the light stand,
that's perfectly fine. If I was using a
more telephoto lens and the shot was a
little bit closer up, I would be able to get
away with something like this where you
wouldn't see the stand. And I like that a lot better than having that light
on this side of my face, which can sometimes be a
little bit awkward or shiny. So Just things you
have to deal with. If I'm going to use
the wide angle lens, I'm going to have to push
this out of the frame. Another option is to try
to come from down low, and I can try to do that from over right behind me.
And maybe I'll try that. So now I have it
directly behind me, and it sort of gives us a little bit of
separation behind. It has some light
behind on my shoulders. But it kind of looks
like one of those like crime scene sort of videos where it's got this direct up light
coming from behind me, and I'm not a huge
fan of that look. So I'm going to put it back
over there off screen and see what we can do to minimize the light on
the side of my face. Now, let me show you
what it looks like with it on and off. Both are great options, and sometimes I would
prefer just this. But you can see with it
on, it's going to give a little bit more definition
to this side of my face, which I'm okay
with that balance, and then also the
back of my head. One thing to note, though, is, when I turn it on, can you see it in the reflection of my picture frames back there? You see it? You see that
reflection back there. It's not the end of the world, but it's just something else you have to think
about if you're using lights and you
have picture frames and glass in your video frame. Pay attention to those
light reflections. I'm okay with that. It's a little bit. You would barely notice it if I
didn't point it out. Now I have my key light setup, I have my back light
setup or my hair light. Next, I'm going to
add an ambient light that's going to bounce up
against the wall behind me. So here's the light. It's
another one by one LED panel. I don't have any diffusion
on it right now because partially that filter that
goes over it is kind of big, and I need to block it with
my body in the main shot. So what I can do is
add this right here. So if I turn it on, you can automatically
see what it looks like in the main video
shining behind me, and I'm probably going to
have it dimmed quite a bit. Another thing I can do though, I do have a little bit
of diffusion right here, and I want to show you what this looks like if I put this in. Pay attention to the background. See how it softens it
off on off, on it. It's cutting down the
light a little bit, but it's also just spreading it out and making it a
little bit softer. Now you can see it with me
sitting here with it on. And with it off.
What do you like? Do you like it with it off
right now or with it on? To me, I like how it sort
of creates sort of like a spotlight in the background where I'm in the center of it. So it creates the sort of
natural vignette around the frame of the video
with me in the center. I think that sort of
style is something that I have gone for in my YouTube
videos in my course videos, and for me, it's what I prefer. Now it's dimmed down pretty low, let me dim it up all the way. That's pretty darn bright, and it gets to a point where the background
is competing with me in the foreground for
what's exposed properly. So I think there's
a happy medium with me somewhere like that, that I think looks
pretty darn good. Now I have my key light, I've got my rim light or
my hair light right here, and then also the back
ambient light up there. And then also my
back ambient light shining on the background. Now, another light that might be common is what's
called the fill light. That would be a
light that's coming from this side of the frame, so opposite the key light, and it would just be
filling in some of these shadows that
you see right here. Now you can do that
with a light itself. You can also do it with a reflector if you don't
have another light. Let me get a reflector and
show you what that looks like. This is a great little
reflector here. It has a cover that has a
silver and a gold side. You could also take it out
and use just the white, which is a good filter or it
can reflect light as well. The gold side will
give a little bit of warmth to the light
that's reflecting on it, and that might be what
you're going for. Sometimes it's a
little too warm in my opinion, but
let's try it out. I'm just going to
hold it like this so you can see what
it looks like, and I'm looking at the monitor, so this is with it on off. On off. You can see that with it on, it does definitely
add a little bit of light to the right
side of my face. Now, let me switch it
from the gold side to silver. This is gold. And this is silver. The silver is definitely a bit
of a cooler light. I actually like the warmth
being added just a little bit. What I'm going to do
is just figure out how to im this to
set up right here. And I think that's going
to finalize my setup. Here you can see the
setup that I have. So I just attach this to a light stand
with a couple clips. That's my back light.
Hopefully, this deep dive into my lighting setup
for my YouTube and course videos gives you a
deeper sense of how you can use your different lights to give
different scenes in vibes. Now, the natural light video completely different
than what you see here. Now, some people
might prefer that. Sometimes I like a
natural light setting. This is a much more professional
setup that just makes, I think the video a
little bit more dynamic. Of course, it takes
having lights and a light kit to be able
to create this look. But that's what you're
going to have to do as you invest in yourself in becoming a
better videographer. Now, in terms of the specific models and things like that, it doesn't really
matter as much, but for your education, I'm using a d cast
LED light panel kit. As I mentioned, the 21 by ones are about 500
watt equivalents. The backlight is half the
size of the one by one. There's lots of other brands
out there for lights. Aperture is a very popular brand for YouTubers and
content creators. But once you understand
how a light works, where you position it,
you can really create the same setup with all
kinds and brands up lights. All right. Thank you so much for watching and we'll see
you in another video.
53. Introduction to the Home YouTube Studio Section: Welcome to this new
section of the course. In this section, I've
included lessons actually taken from another course on
designing your home studio. And I think this is
going to be super valuable for you
because what I did was I showed exactly how I set
up this home office studio, from scratch, from deciding which angle I was going to set up my camera
and my backdrop. How I chose to put things
on the wall to create different shooting
environments and to be able to have
different angles, how I sound proof, lighting, all the
equipment I use, how my desk setup is,
with my computer, my lighting, my microphone, so I can just get in
and start recording. So all kinds of good
stuff in this lesson. So let's get started, and hopefully this
will inspire you with some ideas for designing
your own YouTube studio.
54. What is My Goal & Inspiration?: To my section on my
home studio build out. I'm so excited to share with you my entire process of what I was thinking and
what it turned into. So the first thing
is, what was my goal, and I'll show you some of
my inspiration as well. I actually had two
goals with this space. One was to have a nicely
designed office space, and second was that it could
be used as a video studio. Notice the ordering of that. And you'll also, as we
go through my space. I'll make sense that I
designed the space with the number one priority being it was a nicely designed space. I have gotten older and matured as a content
creator over the years. And as I mentioned earlier on, I started with a home
studio next to my bed, where sometimes you would actually see the bed in the background,
which was terrible. And sometimes I set it
up where you couldn't. And the goal was, I want a dedicated
video studio space in an office or wherever that
was a video studio space. And I eventually got there. I built out and
spent a lot of money creating my garage
as my studio space. It was still a nicely
designed space that also was
utilized as a garage. But it was primarily
designed so I can have my own office that was a
working video studio space. Now, we moved to a new house, and there was an extra bedroom that was going to be
used as an office, which was a big change
for me because I was coming inside where I have little kids right now who
someday will be at school for more hours where I will
have more freedom to film. But The office is right
next to the bedroom. It's visible to anybody in the
living space of our house, and I didn't want the office
to look like a video studio. And that was a personal
choice of mine because I wanted it to look like a nice room in the house, and I wanted to use it
as a room in the house. That was not just
a video studio. And so that was my goal
of designing the space. At the same time, I needed
to be able to record videos. So there's things like
sound proofing and lighting choices and
microphone choices that I actually changed from how I used to do it to the
way that I do it now so that it still stays
looking for the most part, like a nicely
designed living space and can be used that way. So let's look at a
couple of YouTubers who have inspired me with
their own spaces. Before I do that really quickly, I do just want to mention that in terms of choosing a style, for my office and
my studio space. I have transitioned from wanting that clean nondescript
video studio that looks great because
it's clean the background, I use maybe plain backdrops or just like that
plain studio look to something that fits my personal brand and my personal style a
little bit more, which I was inspired by
these YouTubers to do. One of them is Johnny Harris. He has a an apartment
that doubles as a studio, and office for his YouTube
channel and his company. And the way that
they've designed his space is really on
brand with what he does. And it changes now and then, but he has a lot of maps. You have the globe in the
background, the warm lighting, the different textures
that kind of give off the vibe of being worldly. And that's ultimately
what he does. He creates content on
stories around the world, oftentimes, dealing
with really cool maps. And you can see in
the setup that it has that nice warm sort of vibe. Daniel Inskeep is
another YouTuber. He and his wife also created a great photography channel
called Mango Street, which was always an inspiration because what they did was
always aesthetically pleasing, atheticly pleasing, very
clean, but also warm. And that was as I was picking my inspiration
for my office, that was a term that I
kept coming back to. I didn't want it
clean, cool tech. I wanted it to be that
sort of warm vintage vibe, and he has that in his videos. One other creator that the vibe is not exactly
what I'm going for, but the way he's
set up his studio has inspired me is Pat Flynn. Pat Flynn has a YouTube channel on entrepreneurship
and business, but he also has a
separate channel on Pokemon of all things. And for both of these channels, he has set up spaces
that really showcase his personality in the backdrop and in the background
of those videos. And again, that was
something I wanted to do with my new studio spaces, have something that really showcased what I'm about,
what I'm passionate about, what I like, so that when I come into the space, I enjoy it, but also if you're
watching a video, you get a vibra and understanding of who I am
and what I'm interested in. Now in the next lesson,
we're going to backup and see the space that
I'm working with.
55. Looking at My Space: All right, so we're going to
switch it up a little bit. I'm going to be taking
you around my office, and I think I need
to switch lenses. Oh, that's a little bit better. I switched to the 12
millimeter Sam Yang lens, which is a very affordable, actually cheap lens that you can get for a super wide option. And now you can see a little bit more of the entire space. I'm going to be walking you
around and showing you. But the first thing that I did when I walked into this
space was think about, Okay, where's my
desk going to go? And Thinking about that, I was also thinking about what the background
was going to be. And which wall would be
the best background. So you can see the three
walls I'm working with here. And then the last wall I'll show you is actually
where the door is. And I didn't think that
made much sense to put either use as a
backdrop or to put my desk. Because I also have over here a door that is a little closet, which is great for storage, but it wasn't a great spot
to put my desk over here. So the question was, do I
put my desk on this wall. Do I put it in front of the window, which
could have been nice, except I didn't like the idea of my back being to the door way. And also, if I was filming at my computer,
which I often do, I didn't like the idea of the door being in
the background, or I could have put my desk
on this wall over here. Now, putting my desk over here
could have been an option. But again, then I
would have a door in the background if
I was filming at my desk because of
the closet door. This wall over here is also the only wall without
a window or a door, which gave me the biggest space for actually designing
a background. And so that became one of the determining factors in
putting my desk on this wall, so that this would be the background of
most of my videos. I then could use the window as sort of a side fill
light into me, as well as the background. But as I've mentioned,
I've been able to design the space so that this is a backdrop I can shoot from where we've
been filming this class, with this as a backdrop. I can film even closer with
just the desk as a backdrop, or I could use this wall
over here as a backdrop. Now, this isn't the angle that I would be
using as a backdrop, but this is a photo wall. I picked a few of my
favorite photos that I have taken, and
I put it on this. And this one right here
is actually one of the acoustic canvases
that I printed. So this is sound absorbing, and it looks nice. So these are some of the
things I was thinking about when coming
into the space and choosing where my desk
and ultimately my camera and backdrop that I would most often use where
those would go.
56. My YouTuber Desk Setup: Let's look at my desk. The desk, it's your
battle station. It's where you have
your computer. And if you have a
video setup like mine, you have a camera plugged in, you have your audio plugged in, you have a microphone
plugged in so you can be a content
creation machine. At your desk. First,
the desk itself, this was a new purchase
for the space that was going with the style and vibe I was
going for the room. Previously, I had a pretty
cool stand sit up desk. It was one of the original ones, so it didn't look as clean
or was not electric, like many of the new ones. But Again, that style just didn't look good in this
nicely designed space. So I went for this sort of mid century modern looking
desk that has a nice warm tone and looks really cool and
also has storage because the sit stand desk
that I've used for years did not
have any drawers. And so cable management and
just being able to hide pens or pencils or hard drives was always a little
bit of a pain. So this helps me keep
my desk a little cleaner. Now, let's
talk about equipment. So I have my MAC here. This is not one of
the new M chip MAC, but it came out right
around the time the first M chip MAC came out, and I was able to get it at a really good price and almost even more powerful than the sort of base
model M chip MAC. In terms of the
screen real estate, I love it for editing
photos and videos. And also in terms of the look, it's a pretty clean
look rather than having a dual monitor setup or a
laptop with a separate screen, which some creators use, which looks good, but I just
like the clean one monitor. Let's go through my actual
video creation equipment. So behind me, I have my HL
PR 40 podcasting microphone. I also use this for most of
my screencast tutorials, and pretty much any video where I'm just sitting
in front of my desk, I'll be using this microphone. And it's on this affordable
scissor type desk stand, so I can move it around, I can angle it, and
it kind of is able push out of the way,
which is really nice. That is plugged into the focus
right scarlet interface. So this is an XLR mic
that plugs in here, and then that plugs in
via USB to the computer. So that's my typical
microphone setup at my desk. Over here, I have a camera. This is my Fuji
film T two camera. It's an older camera, but It does an amazing job for filming directly
into my computer, if I'm doing a live stream
with one of my communities, even if I'm recording
course videos, I'm often either
recording directly into the computer or sometimes I record directly into the camera, and then I'll just
have to transfer the files to the
computer later on. But I've placed it right
here next to my desk. Now, this was a little bit tricky because I don't
have a lot of space, and at my previous studio, I had space behind my
desk for a tripod. Here, I got these stands. These are little
clamp on stands that tighten onto the desk, and I use them both for the camera and the
light over here. And then I just have this
little attachment converter that is a tripod mount. It's just the little
screw that screws into the bottom of the camera, and then that attached here, which is sort of like
a standard light stand head. The camera
is not a USB camera. So I actually have to take
this into a capture card. I'm using the Maj
Well capture card, and that is using the
HDMI out from the camera. And then this Mj well
capture card converts the signal to USB
for the computer. And you're going
to need to do that with most cameras having a capture card that converts the signal into usable
video for the computer. Again, most cameras don't directly plug into the computer. It really depends
on the brand model. Then lastly over here, we have this big thing over
here. This is my light. This is the aperture
Ameran P 60 C. This is a new light I got
because I wanted something a little
bit smaller form. Now, this might not
look small to you, but this is just the filter. If I didn't have this on here, the light from this
little LED panel would be very direct
and a little bit harsh. Having these filters in front of it actually helps make it even more professional
and really nice. But the form factor of the
light is pretty small, I can sit on the stand, and it doesn't fall. It's not too heavy, which was a huge problem years ago
with lights like this, they would be super heavy. Now, this is a fairly
affordable light for a desk setup like this for professional
quality videos. There are much more
expensive lights out there that you can get. I actually purchase the
aperture light dome two, which is a very
popular YouTube light. The light with the filter, and the light itself, and then Adding the filter. It cost over $100, and I actually purchased it when I moved
into this office. But I set it up, and
that thing was so big. It took up so much space that I ended up returning it because it just didn't go with the purpose or the
vibe I was going for. I walked into this room, and there was just this
giant light sitting there, and it felt like a video studio. And I wasn't wanting a
light that I would have to take down and put up every
time I wanted to film. I wanted something that could stay right on my desk or near my desk and look good and
ultimately just do the job, and I didn't have to go overkill by buying this YouTube light that sometimes it
makes you feel like you need to have these
lights to make great videos, but you definitely don't. A couple other things that
I love that I did here with my setup is to make the
space look a little cleaner, I actually got a
couple little stick on pockets for the external
hard drives that I use. And those just stick
onto the back of my iMac so that I don't have two or three hard
drives sitting up here. For cable management, I purchased
a large surge protector that I can plug any sort of standard
plug into electronic. It also has USB ports. So I have all the cables for
charging all of my devices, and I have them running
into the drawers down here in the desk and
also down below. But if you look beneath my desk, it's actually a
fairly clean setup. You don't see a lot of cables. I've used some cable ties
to route the cables along the legs and the post
of the desk itself. But that was another
important thing. I just wanted it to look clean. One other thing
that I changed from my previous office was I got
rid of the Mac keyboard, which just starts to get look so dirty after a while
with, typing on it. One other quick
little tip that has improved my computer usage and my experience here is I
switched back to a USB mouse. So I'm not using a
Bluetooth mouse, which is great, but you have to charge those
batteries over and over. It started to get kind
of annoying to me. So you know, I'm not crazy. I'm okay with a couple cords or cables going across my desk, and I'm able to stow
them away and clean it up if I am using
this direction. Oftentimes, I'm not using a shot like this where
you're seeing my computer. We're looking this way behind
me with my background, which we're going to be
covering in just a minute. But that's my desk setup. The things I love most are the stands that I
have for my camera, my light, and my microphone. Everything's right there. It's a simple setup.
It's condensed. It's clean. I don't
have light stands, tripods around the office, so it works really well for me. Awesome. Thanks so much, and we'll see you in the next video.
57. Designing My Background: Talk about my background. The background of your videos is one of the most
important aspects, and it's a chance for you to show off your personal brand and for you to give the viewers something that feels consistent when they
come back to you. And when they see that space, your space, they have
that connection with you. So I spent a lot
of time thinking about what I was going to
do with my background. And I ultimately decided, as I talked about
earlier in the course that I wanted to
move back away from sort of the clean
aesthetic with no sort of personality to something that had a bit more personality. So I'm going to show some
videos in this lesson with a variety of different angles that
I've used in the past. Right now, I'm filming at
a setup where I would be using a tripod that's sort of
off to the side of my desk. This is not the view
you see from my desk, which you'll see now, which is a really nice setup, and I do it squared off
to the wall behind me, or what I'll often do is have
it be a little bit angled. I kind of like having that
window in the background as just another sort of element back there that
brings in some light. The one thing I don't like about this cool shelf that I
bought is that it has these angled posts
on the side that make it feel like the shot
might be a little bit tilted. So squaring it off
is nice in that way. So a couple of things
that I also wanted to talk about was this
light stand here. I like having the light
stand that's an actual light being part of the set and also something that adds a bit of color and light
to the background. You don't see it, but I
actually have a light shining on this right here. If I turn it off, it's going
to look a lot different. So turning that light off, it really makes that
background not pop as much. So I just have one of
my older LED panels. It's a 500 watt cast light with a little bit of a soft box on it that is
diffusing the light. So it's not so harsh. I'm trying not to
get shadows here. Other things I was
considering and trying to do with this background was
find a color palette. And you'll see that
across the entire room that I'm using warm colors, a lot of browns, Bigas, and not neon super
saturated colors back here. So you'll see that
in the chair choice, in this lamp choice,
in the shelf. And then I have a
few pops of colors. From different things
like this typewriter. That was one of my favorite
gifts that I got from my wife to a couple little
pottery things that we've made or purchased. I have a globe up there that you can see in a wider view as well. Now, a cool thing
is with this lamp, I put in a smart LED bulb. It's from Pro amp U X, and it's the Smart bulb, and I can change the color
temperature of this bulb. I can even change the color, which is pretty cool. So I've played around
when I'm doing different tutorials if
I'm doing something like a premier pro tutorial The colors of premiere
pro are purple. If I'm doing something that's more video school
online related, I do my sort of teal, and you could actually preset
color choices in here. And oftentimes it's just
on this warm white color, which I think looks good, and it adds a little bit
of differentiation to the cool lights that I'm
using to light myself, and also that matches the daylight coming
in from the window. And that's something
to be considerate of when you are choosing lights
for your home office, you typically want to make
sure that you're using daylight bulbs or LED panels if you have light
coming in from outside. Otherwise, those multiple colors are going to kind of
contrast each other, and you're going to get sort
of a weird white balance going on when you're filming. That being said, adding some warmer lights or
other colored lights in the background to highlight either a specific part of your background or just to
have in the background, I think is totally fine. And again, one thing
I will note too is that as my goal was from
the very beginning, I wanted the space to be something that I
enjoyed going into, not only for my office and work, but also for just
relaxing or just having the space walking by really and seeing the space look nice. And so there are some choices that I would probably change if I was doing something
just for filming. If I had a specific niche
that I was going for, let's say, I was doing a
Pokemon YouTube channel. I probably wouldn't
have my setup look like this with these
items in the background. Because I teach a
range of topics. I felt that the items in the
background didn't need to be specific to one specific
topic that I teach. So that's my
background that I use. I hope you enjoyed this lesson, and we'll see you
in the next one.
58. Sound Proofing My YouTube Studio: Talk about soundproofing and what I've done in this space. So again, going with my vision of having
this be a living space, I didn't want to
plaster the walls and ceilings with ugly foam panels, those egg crate kind of panels that you
can get relatively affordably and work if you do plaster every
wall and ceiling. So, I used a couple
that I had previously. These panels to the back of me. These are white, addi mute noise absorbing
acoustic panels. They hang really
nicely on the wall, and I think that they sort of kind of just
blend into the room. I also had one on
the background, and then the canvas print
that's also sound absorbing. So pretty much on every wall, we have something
that's absorbing a little bit of the sound. Behind me, I have this cheer curtain that helps a little bit. And then on the ground,
we got this big rug. Aside from that, we
added the chair. We have a blanket there, we have like a little foot rest. All of these different
little pieces will help a little bit. That being said, this is not a perfect room for noise
dampening, sound proofing. And if I have kids
running around outside, then I'm not going
to be filming. So that's when I have to
either be using my podcasting mic that's on the computer
that actually does a really good job at
canceling out any noise that coming from farther away, or even adding a little bit of noise removal in
post production, which those tools
have gotten better and better so that
you can actually make your audio if it has reverb or background noise sound pretty good without having to have
a perfect studio setup. Now, I placed these two here primarily because this
wall was pretty bare, and I'm often talking directly into that wall
sitting at my desk. And so the main vocals are going to be bouncing
right off this wall, so I wanted to make
sure that I had as much absorption on
that wall as possible. And that's what I've
done for soundproofing.
59. Office Storage: I want to talk about one of my favorite features
of this office, is this little
closet that I tried to create a space that was organized that
inspired me to go grab different tools and also simplified my
collection of tools. So that's one big thing, if you're building
out a new office, I would encourage you to go through all of your equipment, think about if you really use it and keep only what you
use in your office. If you have another space, or even if it's just in a box in office or somewhere else, put all the cables, all the tools that you
sometimes use in that box, so it's not cluttering
up your entire space. Now, this space is not
as clean as it could be, but I wanted to show it to
you as it is most days. I built out the shelf
over here that has all of the lenses
that I often use. It has the microphones. I got a go pro here, a little
handicam, my Zoom h6n, if I'm out shooting
in the field, extra external hard drives. And then I also added a couple of things that I'm proud of, like my YouTube 100,000
subscriber plaque, a couple plaques from UTM for teaching and getting surpassing a certain number of students. I have a couple of
photos in there from my kids and from projects
I've worked on in the past. And then I have these
clear crates up here that they look unorganized, but they are semi organized
with power cords, with cables, with
office supplies. With there's one with
like headphones, one with just like light
bulbs and things like that. And same down below, I have
some other organization down here for things like pens and batteries
and things like that. I've got my backpack here. If I want to go out and work out at a coffee shop or
something like that. Down below, I have
my camera bag, my tripods fit down
there as well. So all of my equipment, which actually took
up a lot of space in the garage is all
in here right now, and I really condensed it
when I created this space, and I'm really enjoying it.
60. Charging Station: Here is my charging drawer, and it also has my
external hard drives. And I really liked this because it keeps everything
organized in here. These are the external hard
drives that I use most often. And then I also have
my camera batteries and then regular batteries
that can charge here. And it's just all ready
to go, and it's hidden. So it's not out in the open. It's not even on the floor. I was able to route
the power cable here through the
back of the drawer, and it hides, just like that.
61. Conclusion + Thank You: Wow. You made it. You made it to the
end of the course, and I just have to
give you a round of applause because
that is incredible. I would say that 95% of students don't actually make it through the entire course. Getting here is something
you should be proud of. More importantly, I hoped you learned a ton
from this class. I hope that whether you
were starting out from scratch or if you
already had a channel, and you were using
this just to give you some additional tips and advice. I hope that I gave
you exactly that. This is a daunting class
to create because there's so much content out there
for YouTube creators, and I hope I did it justice in being able to
provide you with real inspiring and real world information
to help you out. If you haven't done so yet, now is a great time to leave a rating and a review
for the class. These ratings help us know what you love about our courses. It helps other students know if this is the right
course for them or not. So if you haven't already, please take a moment to leave a rating and review
for this class. If you're looking for
another course to take, we have so many other
courses related to video creation and also marketing that might
be beneficial to you. You can find all of my
courses by clicking my profile on this platform, or head over to
video school.com, and you can find all of
our courses broken out by category from video to
photography, marketing. AI and Tech and everything else. I cannot wait to see what you end up doing with
your YouTube channel. Best of luck. Have a great day, and I hope to see you
in another class by